Ce PDF

AR 17 Civil Engineering
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS,
PROGRAM STRUCTURE
AND SYLLABUS
CIVIL
ENGINEERING
For
B.Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2017-18)
(I to VIII Semesters)
ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

(An Autonomous Institution)
Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to JNTUK & Accredited by NBA, NAAC with 'A' Grade
Recognized by UGC under the sections 2(f) and 12(B) of UGC act 1956
Aditya Nagar, ADB Road, SURAMPALEM - 533 437
Aditya Engineering College (A) 1

ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE
ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

Surampalem, Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh in 125 Acres of pollution free and lush green
landscaped surroundings by the visionaries of Aditya Academy who are in the
glorious service field of education since last 33 years.
AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

researching its efforts in multi-disciplinary activities. We shoulder the responsibility
of shaping the Intellect, Character and Physique of every student, because we believe
that these students would be the architects to develop a humanized and harmonious
society, and the nation as a whole.
Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

as possible, with the support of all the modern technologies and produce graduates
and post graduates in engineering with the ability and passion to work wisely,
creatively, and effectively for the betterment of our society. It is our endeavor to
develop a system of Education which can harness students’ capabilities and the
muscles of the mind thoroughly trained to enable it to manifest the great feats of
intellectualism which it is capable of.
SALIENT FEATURES:
 An Autonomous Institution.
 Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade in 2015 and NBA in 2008.
 Recognized by UGC under sections 2(f) & 12(B).
 Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada.
 Recognized by Scientific and Industrial Research Organizations (SIROs) of
Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and
Technology, Govt. of India.
 Rated as “GOLD” Category institute by AICTE-CII Survey of Industry –
Linked Technical Institutes 2016.
 Bagged Grade “A” (top grade) by the Govt. of A.P.
 Dept. of Science and Technology under Technology Development Board has
sanctioned Incubation Centre and only one College in the state received this
financial Assistance.

 Best Rankings & Ratings given to Aditya by reputed Magazines & journals in
their surveys :
 Grade AAA by careers 360.
 One of the best 20 Engineering colleges in India by The Sunday
Indian.
 South India IV rank by Digital Mailers.
 South India VI rank by Silicon India.
 India 13th Rank out of top 25th Engineering Colleges by 4Ps.
 Asia’s Top 100 colleges by WCRC Leaders.
 Higher Education Review 35th Rank in India.
 South India’s 68th Rank, India’s 99th Rank by the Week magazine.
 8th Rank in providing high quality infrastructure out of 10 engineering
Colleges in India by The Week magazine and more …….
 The college has students from 17 states across India & 13 foreign countries.
 150+ foreign students.
 Honored with Best Placement Award by Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh.
 Only one college in AP received Best Performance Award from Tech
Mahindra for its outstanding achievement in campus placements.
 Remarkable achievement of campus placements in CMM Level 5 Companies
 Students received Gold Medals at University level.
 Offering most job potential engineering courses of Petroleum Engineering,
Mining Engineering, and Agricultural Engineering in addition to the regular
courses of Mechanical, Civil, and EEE, ECE, CSE and IT at UG, PG and
Diploma Levels.
 Skill Development Centre with the collaboration of Govt. of A.P. (APSSDC)
 Siemens Centre of Excellence Campus.
 PMKVY Skill Development Centre Campus.
 South India’s first Microsoft Ed-vantage Platinum Campus.
 Campus of Microsoft innovation centre.
 Adobe’s Centre of Excellence Campus.
 Campus of CISCO Networking Academy.
 MOU with 4 Foreign Universities.
 MOU with Educational Consultants India Ltd., (EdCil).
 On campus Nationalized Bank with 8 ATMs facility.
 On campus hostels with world class infrastructure facilities & 50+ resident
staff.
 Own transportation facility to pickup and drop the students and staff covering
all the villages in the District with more than 60 buses.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17)

Applicable for the students admitted from the academic year 2017-18 onwards
1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills
the following academic regulations.
1.1 If he pursued a Program of study in not less than four and not more than
eight academic years.
1.2 The student shall register for 180 credits and secure all the 180 credits.
2. PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The following Programs of study are offered at present as specializations for the
B. Tech. Program with as medium of Instruction.
Program
S. No Branch
code
01 Civil Engineering 01
02 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02
03 Mechanical Engineering 03
04 Electronics and Communication Engineering 04
05 Computer Science and Engineering 05
06 Information Technology 12
07 Mining Engineering 26
08 Petroleum Technology 27
09 Agricultural Engineering 35
3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

3.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated course -
wise with a maximum of 100 marks for both Theory and Practical
courses. The Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project shall be
evaluated for 50 marks, Major Project work for 200 marks, Audit courses
for 50 marks and Employability Skills course for 50 marks.
3.2 For theory courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for Sessional
evaluation and 60 marks for the End - Examinations. There shall be 2
Sessional examinations during the semester. The Sessional marks shall be
awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for best of the two Sessional

examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination. The I
Sessional examination (Descriptive, Objective and Assignment) is
conducted for first 2 ½ units of syllabus and II Sessional examination for
the remaining 2 ½ units for each course in a semester. The weightage of
Sessional marks for 40 consists of Descriptive - 24, Objective -10
(Conducted at College level with 20 Multiple choice questions with a
weightage of ½ mark each) and Assignment - 06 (Theory, Design,
Analysis, Simulation, Algorithms, Drawing, Quiz, Term paper, Tutorial,
Surprise test, Seminar, Case study, Lab activity, Minor Project, etc. as the
case may be and for Physics-Virtual lab, for Mathematics - MATLAB).
For Assignment, the nature of test will be intimated by the concerned
faculty member at the beginning of the semester. The descriptive
examination is conducted for 90 minutes and the objective examination is
for 20 minutes. Each descriptive examination question paper shall contain
3 questions of equal marks and all questions need to be answered. The
Objective examination is conducted for 10 marks and descriptive
examination is conducted for 24 marks are to be added to the assignment
of 06 marks for finalizing Sessional marks of 40. The End examination is
conducted for 60 marks in duration of 180 minutes, which contains ten
questions, two questions are from each unit and each question may have
sub questions. The student has to write one question from each unit, each
question carries 12 marks.
3.3 For practical courses, there shall be continuous evaluation during the
semester for 40 Sessional marks and 60 End examination marks. The
Sessional 40 marks shall be awarded as, day-to-day work-15 marks,
observation and Record-10 marks and laboratory Exam -15 marks. The
End examination shall be conducted by the concerned teacher and
external examiner appointed by the Principal.
3.4 For design and / or drawing, (such as Engineering Drawing, Machine
Drawing) and estimation courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for
Sessional evaluation (20 marks for day - to - day work, and 20 marks for
Sessional examination) and 60 marks for End examination. There shall be
two Sessional examinations in a Semester. The Sessional marks shall be
awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for the best of two Sessional
examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination.

3.5 For audit courses, during a semester there shall be one examination for 50
marks for a duration of 180 minutes in which a student should get
minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory, otherwise the student is
considered as not satisfactory. The examination is conducted by covering
the topics of all units, which contains five 10 marks questions with
internal choice from each unit and each question may have sub questions.
If a student failed to get satisfactory marks or is absent for examination,
he has to write the exam in that course when conducted next.
3.6 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as an
audit course, during a semester there shall be an evaluation for 50 marks.
For Aptitude, an examination is conducted for 50 minutes with 50
questions carrying 25 marks (multiple choice questions weightage of ½
mark each). For Soft Skills, an activity based examination is conducted
for 25 marks. The marks obtained for Employability Skills is the sum of
marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft Skills together for 50. The student
should get minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory; otherwise the
student is considered as not satisfactory. If a student failed to get
satisfactory marks or is absent for examination, he has to write the exam
in that course when conducted next.
3.7 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as a
credit course, the exam is conducted for 50 marks in which 20 marks are
conducted for Sessional examination and 30 marks for Semester End
Examination. There shall be two sessional examinations during the
semester. For Aptitude, Sessional examination is conducted for 20
minutes with 20 questions (multiple choice questions weightage of ½
mark each) carrying 10 marks and for Soft Skills, Sessional examination
is conducted as activity based for 10 marks. The Sessional Marks for
Employability Skills is the sum of marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft
Skills together for 20. The final Sessional marks shall be awarded by
giving 80% weightage for the best of two Sessional examinations and
20% weightage for other Sessional examination. The Semester End
Examination for Aptitude, is conducted for 30 minutes with 30 questions
(multiple choice questions weightage of ½ mark each) carrying 15 marks

and for Soft Skills, it is conducted as activity based for 15 marks.
3.8 For Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project, the students have to do
a project in collaboration with an industry of their specialization, during
the vacation after VI Semester End examination. However, the minor
project and its report shall be evaluated in VII Semester. The Minor
Project shall be submitted in report form and should be presented before
the committee, which shall be evaluated for Sessional marks of 50. The
committee consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the minor
project and a senior faculty member of the department. There shall be no
external evaluation.
3.9 For Major Project, 200 marks are awarded out of which 80 marks shall be
for Sessional Evaluation and 120 marks for the End Examination. The
Sessional Evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each
student on the topic of his major project and evaluated by an internal
committee that consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the
major project and one senior faculty of the department. The End
Examination (Viva-Voce) shall be conducted by the committee that
consists of an External Examiner (appointed by Principal from the panel
of three members given by HOD), Head of the Department and
Supervisor of the major project.
4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS
4.1 A student shall be eligible to write the End examinations if he acquires a
minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the courses.
4.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and
above and below 75%) on a medical grounds in a semester may be
granted by the College Academic Committee and a student can be
condoned for a maximum of three times only.
4.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall not be condoned.
4.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester
are not eligible to write their End examinations of that semester.
4.5 A fee of Rs. 500/- shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of
attendance.
4.6 A student will be promoted to the next semester if he satisfies the
attendance requirement of the present semester.
4.7 If any student fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester,
he shall not be eligible for re-admission into the same semester.
4.8 A student who is shortage of attendance in a semester may seek re-
admission into that semester when offered within 2 weeks from the date
of the commencement of class work.
5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the
attendance requirements mentioned in item no.4.
5.1 A student is deemed to have passed a course and earns the credits allotted
to that course by securing not less than 35% of marks in the End
examination, and minimum 40% of marks of the total marks (sum of
Sessional marks and End examination marks).
5.2 A student will be promoted from IV semester to V semester, if he fulfills
the academic requirement of 50% of the credits up to IV semester from
all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the examinations.
5.3 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he
fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI semester
from all the examinations, whether or not the students takes the
examinations.
5.4 All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and
CGPA.
6. PROGRAM PATTERN
6.1 The entire Program of study is for four academic years and all the years
are in semester pattern.
6.2 A student is eligible to appear for the End examination in a course, but
absent from it or has failed in the End examination, may write the exam
in that course when conducted next.
6.3 When a student is detained for lack of credits / shortage of attendance, he
may be re-admitted into the same semester in which he has been detained.
However, the academic regulations under which he was first admitted
shall continue to be applicable to him.

7. AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS
After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the
program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed in one
of the following four classes:
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with
≥7.75with no course failures From the
Distinction
CGPA Secured
First Class ≥6.75 with course failures from 180
Credits
Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75
Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75
7.1 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)
The following procedure is to be adopted to compute the Semester Grade
Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):
Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point
≥ 90 O Outstanding 10
≥ 80 to <90 A+ Excellent 9
≥ 70 to <80 A Very Good 8
≥ 60 to <70 B+ Good 7
≥ 50 to <60 B Fair 6
≥ 40 to <50 P Satisfactory 5
<40 F Fail 0
- Absent 0
COMPUTATION OF SGPA
The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits
with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses taken by a
student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone
by a student, i.e.
SGPA( Si ) 
 (C .G )
i i
 (C ) i
Where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade
point scored by the student in the ith course.
COMPUTATION OF CGPA
i. The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account
all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of the
Program, i.e.
CGPA 
 (C .S )
i i
 (C ) i
Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of
credits in that semester.
ii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and
reported in the transcripts.
iii. Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA - 0.75) x 10
8. MINIMUM INSTRUCTION DAYS
The minimum instruction days for each semester shall be 90 working days.
9. TRANSFER
9.1 Aditya Engineering College (AEC) proposes to practice JNTUK / State
government guidelines for transfer.
9.2 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of the admission
process.
10. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS
If the student not paid any dues to the college or involved in indiscipline activities,
his result will be withheld.
11. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS
11.1 Discontinued or detained students are eligible for readmission as and when
next offered.
11.2 The readmitted students will be governed by the regulations under which
the student has been admitted.
11.3 a) In case of transferred students from other Universities / colleges, the
credits shall be transferred to AEC as per the academic regulations and
course structure of the AEC.
b) The students seeking transfer to AEC from various other
universities/institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent courses
as prescribed by college. In addition the transferred students have to pass
the failed courses at the earlier institute.

12. GENERAL
12.1 Wherever the words "he", "him", "his", occur in the regulations, they
include "she", "her", "hers".
12.2 The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any
interpretation.
12.3 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules,
the decision of the Academic Council is final.
12.4 The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi at
any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the
students with effect from the dates notified by the college.
***
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY

Applicable for the students admitted into III semester from the Academic Year 2018-19 onwards
1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE
A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he
fulfills the following academic regulations:
1.1 If he pursues a course of study in not less than three academic years and
not more than six academic years.
1.2 The student shall register for 133 credits and secure all the 133 credits.
All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and
CGPA.
2. PROMOTION RULE
2.1 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he
fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI
semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the
examinations.
3. AWARD OF CLASS
After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of
the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed
in one of the following four classes:
Class Awarded CGPA to be secured
First Class with

≥7.75 with no course failures From the CGPA
Distinction
Secured from 133
First Class ≥6.75 with course failures
Credits
Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75
Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75
4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech Program remain the same
for B. Tech Lateral Entry also.
***

MALPRACTICES RULES
Disciplinary Action for /Improper Conduct in Examinations
The Chief controller of examinations shall refer the cases of malpractices in Sessional and
End Examination to an Enquiry Committee constituted by him / her. The Committee will
submit a report on the malpractice allegedly committed by the student to the Chief
Controller of Examinations. The Chief Controller of Examinations along with the
members of the Committee is authorized to impose a suitable punishment, if the student is
found guilty as per the following guidelines.
Nature of Malpractices / Punishment

Improper conduct
If the candidate
1(a) Possesses or keeps accessible in Expulsion from the examination hall and
examination hall, any paper, note cancellation of the performance in that
book, programmable calculators, course only.
Cell phones, pager, palm
computers or any other form of
material concerned with or related
to the course of the examination
(theory or practical) in which he is
appearing but has not made use of
(material shall include any marks
on the body of the candidate
which can be used as an aid in the
course of the examination)
(b) Gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination hall and
receives it from any other cancellation of the performance in that
candidate orally or by any other course only of all the candidates
body language methods or involved. In case of an outsider, he will
communicates through cell phones be handed over to the police and a case is
with any candidate or persons in registered against him.
or outside the examination hall in
respect of any matter.
2 Has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination hall and
from any paper, book, cancellation of the performance in that
programmable calculators, palm course and all other courses the
computers or any other form of candidate has already appeared including
material relevant to the course of practical examinations and project work
the examination (theory or and shall not be permitted to appear for
practical) in which the candidate is the remaining examinations of the
appearing. courses of that Semester.
3 Comes in a drunken condition to Expulsion from the examination hall and
the examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
course and all other courses the
candidate has already appeared including
practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted to appear for
the remaining examinations of the
courses of that Semester

4 Smuggles in the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall and
additional sheet or takes out or cancellation of the performance in that
arranges to send out the question course and all other courses the
paper during the examination or candidate has already appeared including
answer book or additional sheet, practical examinations and project work
during or after the examination. and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the courses of
that Semester. The candidate is also
debarred for two consecutive semesters
from class work and all End
examinations. The continuation of the
course by the candidate is course to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
5 Leaves the exam hall taking away Expulsion from the examination hall and
answer script or intentionally tears cancellation of the performance in that
of the script or any part thereof course and all other courses the
inside or outside the examination candidate has already appeared including
hall. practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for the
debarred for two consecutive semesters
from class work and all End
examinations. The continuation of the
course by the candidate is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
6 Possess any lethal weapon or Expulsion from the examination hall and
firearm in the examination hall. cancellation of the performance in that
course and all other courses the
candidate has already appeared including
practical examinations and project work
and shall not be permitted for the
debarred and forfeits of seat.
7 Impersonates any other candidate The candidate who has impersonated
in connection with the shall be expelled from examination hall.
examination. The candidate is also debarred and
forfeits the seat. The performance of the
original candidate, who has been
impersonated, shall be cancelled in all
the courses of the examination (including
practical and project work) already
appeared and shall not be allowed to
appear for examinations of the remaining
courses of that semester/year. The
candidate is also debarred for two
consecutive semesters from class work
and all University examinations. The

continuation of the course by the

candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with forfeiture
of seat. If the impostor is an outsider, he
will be handed over to the police and a
case is registered against him.
8 Refuses to obey the orders of the In case of students of the college, they
Chief controller of examinations / shall be expelled from examination halls
Observer / any officer on duty or and cancellation of their performance in
misbehaves or creates disturbance that course and all other courses the
of any kind in and around the candidate(s) has (have) already appeared
examination hall or organizes a and shall not be permitted to appear for
walk out or instigates others to the remaining examinations of the
walk out, or threatens the officer- courses of that semester. The candidates
in-charge or any person on duty in also are debarred and forfeit their seats.
or outside the examination hall of In case of outsiders, they will be handed
any injury to his person or to any over to the police and a police case is
of his relations whether by words, registered against them.
either spoken or written or by
signs or by visible representation,
assaults the officer-in charge, or
any person on duty in or outside
the examination hall or any of his
relations,
or indulges in any other act of
misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction
or property in the examination hall
or any part of the College campus
or engages in any other act which
in the opinion of the officer on
duty amounts to use of unfair
means or misconduct or has the
tendency to disrupt the orderly
conduct of the examination.
9 If student of the college, who is Student of the colleges expulsion from
not a candidate for the particular the examination hall and cancellation of
examination or any person not the performance in that course and all
connected with the college other courses the candidate has already
indulges in any malpractice or appeared including practical
improper conduct mentioned in examinations and project work and shall
clause 6 to 8. not be permitted for the remaining
examinations of the courses of that
semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred and forfeits the seat.
10 Uses objectionable, abusive or Cancellation of the performance in that
offensive language in the answer course.
paper or in letters to the examiners
or writes to the examiner
requesting him to award pass
marks.

11 Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance in that

internal evidence, such as, during course and all other courses the
valuation or during special candidate has appeared including
scrutiny. practical examinations and project work
of that End examination.
12 If any malpractice is detected
which is not covered in the above
clauses 1 to 11 shall be reported to
the Chief controller of
examinations for further action to
award suitable punishment.

Ragging
Prohibition of ragging in
educational institutions Act 26 of 1997
Salient Features
Ragging within or outside any educational institution is prohibited.
Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to cause Insult or Annoyance of
Fear or Apprehension or Threat or Intimidation or outrage of modesty or Injury to a
student
Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

Teasing,
Embarrassing and
+ + Rs. 1,000/-
Humiliation 6 months
Assaulting or Using
Criminal force or
+ Rs. 2,000/-
Criminal intimidation 1 Year
Rs. 5,000/-
Wrongfully restraining
or confining or causing
hurt 2 Years +
Causing grievous hurt,
kidnapping or Abducts
or rape or committing 5 Years + Rs. 10,000/-
unnatural offence
Rs. 50,000/-
Causing death or
abetting suicide 10 Years +
In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288
LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Ragging
ABSOLUTELY
NO TO RAGGING
1. Ragging is prohibited as per Act 26 of A.P.
Legislative Assembly, 1997.
2. Ragging entails heavy fines and/or imprisonment.
3. Ragging invokes suspension and dismissal from the
College.
4. Outsiders are prohibited from entering the College
and Hostel without permission.
5. Girl students must be in their hostel rooms by 7.00
p.m.
6. All the students must carry their Identity Cards and
show them when demanded
7. The Principal and the Wardens may visit the Hostels
and inspect the rooms any time.
In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288
LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE
VISION
To induce higher planes of learning by imparting technical education with International
standards, Applied research, Creative ability and Value based instruction to emerge as a
premier institute.
MISSION
Achieving academic excellence by providing globally acceptable technical education by
forecasting technology through
- Innovative research & development

- Industry institute interaction
- Empowered manpower
VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION
To produce globally employable, technically competent and ethically sound Civil
Engineering Professionals.
MISSION
M1: By imparting and enriching students with technical knowledge and

problem solving skills.
M2: By following a teaching - learning process abreast with changing industry
needs and current societal challenges.
M3: By establishing a successful Industry and Institution collaboration.
M4: By providing better quality departmental infrastructure to promote civil
engineering research activities.
****

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of the Program will
PEO 1 Have successful professional career in Civil engineering.

Analyze, design and build safe, sustainable and economical structures in
PEO 2
all Civil engineering areas.
Display communication skills and leadership quality needed to deal with
PEO 3
industry and society.
Engage in life-long learning and service to their profession for the
PEO 4
betterment of society and environment.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to
Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and

PO 1 an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering
PO 2 problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems,
components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate
PO 3
consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
PO 4
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide
valid conclusions.
Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
PO 5 engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex
engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.
Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal,
PO 6 health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to professional engineering practice.
Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal
PO 7 and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
PO 8
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
PO 9
teams and in multidisciplinary settings.
Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to
PO 10
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

PO 11 principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a
team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments.
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
PO 12 independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduate will be able to
Survey, map, measure and analyze data for sustainable civil engineering
PSO 1
infrastructure planning.
Analyze and design concrete & steel structures, earthen embankments,
irrigation structures, water supply, waste treatment systems and transport
PSO 2
systems considering public health and safety, cultural, societal and
environmental aspects.
Develop the skills to identify, formulate and solve civil engineering
PSO 3 problems using modern tools and techniques like STAAD Pro V8i, Robot
Structural Analysis, Revit, etc.
Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
PSO 4
responsibilities and norms of civil engineering practice.
Mission of the department – PEOs mapping
PEOs Statements M1 M2 M3 M4
PEO 1: Have successful professional career in Civil 3 3 2 2
engineering.
PEO 2: Analyze, design and build safe, sustainable and 3 3 2 3
economical structures in all Civil engineering areas.
PEO 3: Display communication skills and leadership quality 3 3 3 2
needed to deal with industry and society.
PEO 4: Engage in life-long learning and service to their
3 2 3 2
profession for the betterment of society and
environment.
Note :.
Bloom’s Taxonomy Knowledge Level

Knowledge Level Representation Mapping / Correlation levels
Remember K1
Understand K2 1: Slight (Low)
Apply K3
2 : Moderate (Medium)
Analyse K4
Evaluate K5
3 : Substantial (High)
Create K6

PROGRAM STRUCTURE
I SEMESTER
Total Number of contact hours

Course Course Credits
Name of the Course Lecture Tutorial Practice Total
Code Component (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171HS1T01 English - I HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS1T01 Mathematics - I BS 3 1 2 6 3
171HS1T02 Environmental Studies HSS 2 1 --- 3 2
171BS1T03 Engineering Chemistry BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES1T02 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES1T01 Computer Programming ES 3 1 --- 4 3

English Communication
171HS1L01 HSS --- --- 3 3 2
Skills Lab - I
Engineering Chemistry
171BS1L01 BS --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
Computer Programming
171ES1L01 ES --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
TOTAL 17 6 11 34 23
II SEMESTER

Code Component (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171HS2T03 English - II HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS2T02 Mathematics - II BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171BS2T06 Mathematics - III BS 3 1 2 6 3
171BS2T07 Engineering Physics BS 3 1 --- 4 3
171ES2T03 Engineering Drawing ES 3 1 --- 4 3

Basic Mechanical
171ES2T04 ES 3 1 --- 4 3
Engineering
English Communication
171HS2L02 HS --- --- 3 3 2
Skills Lab - II
Engineering Physics
171BS2L02 BS --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
Engineering Workshop
171ES2L02 ES --- --- 3 3 2
and IT Workshop
TOTAL 18 6 11 35 24
BS: Basic Sciences; HSS: Humanities and Social Sciences; ES: Engineering Sciences; PC: Professional Core;PE:
Professional Elective; OE: Open Elective; SS: Self Study Course; PR: Project.

III SEMESTER

Name of the Course Total
Code Component Lecture Tutorial Practice (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171BS3T10 Probability and Statistics BS 3 1 --- 4 3

Basic Electrical and
171ES3T05 ES 3 1 --- 4 3
Electronics Engineering
171ES3T09 Strength of Materials - I ES 3 1 --- 4 3
Building Materials and
171CE3T01 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Construction
171CE3T02 Surveying PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE3T03 Fluid Mechanics PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE3L01 Surveying Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
171ES3L03 Strength of Materials Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

Professional Ethics and
171HS3A09 HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---
Human Values
171HS3A10 Employability Skills - I HSS --- --- 2 2 ---
TOTAL 20 6 8 34 22
IV SEMESTER

Name of the Course Total
Code Component Lecture Tutorial Practice (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Building Planning and
171CE4T04 PC 3 1 2 6 3
Computer Aided Drawing
171CE4T05 Concrete Technology PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE4T06 Engineering Geology PC 3 1 --- 4 3

Hydraulics and Hydraulic
171CE4T07 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Machinery
171CE4T08 Strength of Materials – II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE4T09 Structural Analysis - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

Fluid Mechanics and
171CE4L02 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Hydraulic Machinery Lab
171CE4L03 Concrete Technology Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2
Intellectual property rights and
171HS4A08 HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---
patents
171HS4A11 Employability Skills - II HSS --- --- 2 2 ---
Managerial Economics and
171HS4A04 HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---
Financial Analysis
TOTAL 22 6 10 38 22

V SEMESTER

Code Component (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171HS5T05 Management Science HSS 3 1 --- 4 3
Design and Drawing of
171CE5T10 Reinforced Concrete PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Structures
171CE5T11 Transportation Engineering PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE5T12 Structural Analysis - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

Water Resource Engineering -
171CE5T13 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
I
--- Professional Elective – I PE 3 1 --- 4 3
171HS5T06 Employability Skills - III HSS 2 --- --- 2 1
171CE5L04 Engineering Geology Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

Transportation Engineering
171CE5L05 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
171CE5S01 MOOCs – I SS --- --- --- --- ---
171CE5P03 Surveying Camp PC --- --- --- --- ---
TOTAL 20 6 6 32 23
VI SEMESTER
Code Component (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
Design and Drawing of Steel
171CE6T14 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Structures
171CE6T15 Geotechnical Engineering - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE6T16 Water Resource Engineering - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE6T17 Prestressed Concrete PC 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - II PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective - III PE 3 1 --- 4 3
171HS6T07 Employability Skills - IV HSS 2 --- --- 2 1
171CE6L06 Geotechnical Engineering Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171CE6L07 Irrigation Design and Drawing PC --- --- 3 3 2
171CE6S02 MOOCs - II SS --- --- --- --- ---
TOTAL 20 6 6 32 23
MOOCs – Massive Open Online Courses

VII SEMESTER

Code Component (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
171CE7T18 Geotechnical Engineering - II PC 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE7T19 Environmental Engineering PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Remote Sensing and GIS

171CE7T20 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Applications
Estimation, Specifications and
171CE7T21 PC 3 1 --- 4 3
Contracts
--- Professional Elective – IV PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Professional Elective – V PE 3 1 --- 4 3
Environmental Engineering
171CE7L08 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Lab
GIS And Computer Aided
171CE7L09 PC --- --- 3 3 2
Design (CAD) Lab
Industry Oriented (Internship)
171CE7P01 PR --- --- --- --- 1
Minor Project
TOTAL 18 6 6 30 23
VIII SEMESTER

Name of the Course
Code Component Lecture Tutorial Practice Total (C)
(L) (T) (P) Hours
--- Professional Elective – VI PE 3 1 --- 4 3
--- Open Elective OE 3 1 --- 4 3
171CE8P02 Major Project PR ---- --- ---- ---- 14
TOTAL 6 2 0 8 20

Professional Elective – I (V Semester) Professional Elective – II (VI Semester)

Course Course
S.No Name of the Course S.No Name of the Course
Code Code
Construction Technology and 1 171CE6E04 Ground Water Development

1 171CE5E01
Management 2 171CE6E05 Pavement Analysis and Design
2 171CE5E02 Urban Hydrology
Repair and Rehabilitation of
3 171CE6E06
3 171CE5E03 Traffic Engineering Structures
Professional Elective – III (VI Semester) Professional Elective – IV (VII Semester)

Course Course
Code Code
171CE6E07 Ground Improvement Advanced Structural

1 1 171CE7E10
Techniques Engineering
2 171CE6E08 Finite Element Methods 2 171CE7E11 Watershed Management
3 171CE6E09 Earthquake Resistant Design 3 171CE7E12 Design of Tall Buildings
Professional Elective – V (VII Semester) Professional Elective – VI (VIII Semester)

Course Course
Code Code
Urban Transportation Planning
1 171CE8E16
1 171CE7E13 Bridge Engineering Engineering
Soil Dynamics and
2 171CE8E17
Environmental Impact Foundations
2 171CE7E14
Assessment and Management Solid And Hazardous Waste
3 171CE8E18
Management
Water Resources Systems
3 171CE7E15
Planning 4 171CE8E19 Air Pollution and Control
Open Elective (VIII Semester)

S.No Course Code Name of the Course
1 171CE8O01 Electronic Instrumentation

2 171CE8O02 Database Management Systems
3 171CE8O03 Alternative Energy Sources
4 171CE8O04 Waste Water Management
5 171CE8O05 Fundamentals of Liquefied Natural Gas
6 171CE8O06 Green Fuel Technologies
7 171CE8O07 Green Engineering Systems

Program curriculum grouping based on course components
Curriculum Content
Course (% of total number of Total number of Total number of
Component credits of the contact hours credits
program)
Basic Sciences 12.22 30 22
Engineering Sciences 13.33 35 24
Humanities and Social
9.44 35 17
Sciences
Professional Core 45 107 81
Professional Electives 10 24 18
Open Electives 1.66 4 3
Project(s) 7.77 -- 14
Internship/Seminars 0.55 -- 1
Any other
-- -- --
(Please specify)
TOTAL 100 235 180

Rules for opting MOOCs
 Students should register for a course with prior permission from MOOCS-
Coordinator of the department. User ID should be submitted to the MOOCS –
Coordinator after the registration. It is through this User ID only; the student has to
write the proctored examination.
 Students should register only for Technical Subjects. However, they can register
for Interdisciplinary subjects also.
 Students have to register for a technical course which is not yet studied or will not
be studied in the upcoming semesters.
 Students should register for a course with duration of ≥ 4 weeks or ≥ 20hrs.
 Students MOOCS Certificate is considered only if the students write the
examination under a proctored system. If the student registers a course where
he/she has to write an unproctored online examination, he/she should bring it to the
notice of the HOD for conducting the exam in the college. These exams will be
usually planned on Saturdays.
 For MOOCS -1, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the
MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of V Semester end examinations.
 For MOOCS -2, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the
MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of VI Semester end examinations.

ENGLISH – I
(Common to all branches)
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS1T01 3 1 0 3
Introduction:
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and
the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,
the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of
the students of Engineering.
As far as the detailed textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of
listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed textbooks are meant for
extensive reading for pleasure and profit.
Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative

skills and fostering of ideas.
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.
COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons
and subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical
components.
COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and
informal situations.
COB 4: To appraise the learner how Gandhi spent a period of three years in
London as a student.
COB 5: To make the learners rediscover India as a land of knowledge.
COB 6: To discuss how scientific point of view seeks to arrive at the truth without
being biased by emotion.
COB 7: To inform the learner that all men are in peril.
COB 8: To inspire the learners by inventions and contributions of great achievers.
LISTENING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their
pronunciation.
2. To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different
backgrounds and regions.
3. To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for
specific information.

SPEAKING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and
professional communication.
2. To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and
professional success.
3. To help the students describe objects, situations and people.
4. To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and
debates.
5. To make the students participate in just a minute talks.
READING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.
2. To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of
texts in given contexts.
3. To enable the students to skim and scan a text.
4. To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.
5. To enable the students to identify discourse features.
6. To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.
WRITING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1. To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.
2. To enable the students to write sentences, paragraphs, e-mails and essays.
3. To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.
4. To enable the students to narrate and describe.
5. To enable the students to write coherently and cohesively.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:
CO 1: Summarize how Gandhi grew in introspection.

CO 2: Explain the conditions to achieve a higher quality of life, strength and
sovereignty of a developed nation.
CO 3: Identify the scientific attitude to solve many problems which we find
difficult to tackle.
CO 4: Identify that all men can come together and avert the peril.
CO 5: Interpret humorous texts and use of words for irony.
CO 6: Explain the characteristic traits of renowned scientists who contributed
enormously to the scientific advancement of India.
CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes
PSO 1 PSO 2 PSO 3 PSO 4

CO / PSO
(K4) (K4) (K6) (K3)
CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - - 3
CO5 (K2) - - - -
CO6 (K2) - - - -
CO7 (K2) - - - -
Methodology:
1. The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a
comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and
the teacher.
2. Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on
individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.
3. The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners only
and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the task/exercise.
4. The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also
generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.
5. The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is
introduced in the class.
Recommended Topics:
UNIT-I:
1. IN LONDON: M.K.GANDHI (Detailed)
2. G.D. NAIDU (Non-Detail)
UNIT-II:
1. THE KNOWLEDGE SOCIETY- APJ ABDUL KALAM (Detailed)
2. G.R. GOPINATH (Non-Detail)
UNIT-III:
1. THE SCIENTIFIC POINT OF VIEW- J.B.S. HALDANE (Detailed)
2. J.C. BOSE (Non-Detail)

UNIT-IV:
1. MAN’S PERIL-BERTRAND RUSSELL (Detailed)
2. HOMI JEHANGIR BHABHA (Non-Detail)
UNIT-V:
1. LUCK—MARK TWAIN (Detailed)
2. A SHADOW (Non-Detail)
Textbooks:
Detailed Text Book: ‘English Essentials’ by Ravindra Publications.
Non Detailed Text Book: ‘Modern Trail Blazers’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd.
Publishers.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gopalswamy_Doraiswamy_Naidu
2. https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-
ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/
3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html
4. https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/
5. https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/
****

MATHEMATICS-I
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS1T01 3 1 2 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the students with the necessary mathematical skills and
techniques that are essential for an engineering course.
COB 2: To help the students acquire a necessary base to develop analytical and
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Associate linear differential equations of first order to various physical

problems involving differential equations of first order
CO 2: Solve linear differential equations of higher order.
CO 3: Solve linear systems of equations using the concept of rank, Gauss
elimination, Gauss Seidal method.
CO 4: Find the eigen values and eigen vectors.
CO 5: Associate the concepts of Partial Differentiation to maxima and minima of
functions of several variables and to Partial differential equations.
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K2) - 1 - -

UNIT I:
Differential equations of first order and first degree:
Linear differential equations - Bernoulli differential equation - Exact differential
equations-Equations reducible to exact (Type-1, Type-2, Type-3, Type-4)
Applications:
Newton’s Law of cooling-Law of natural growth and decay-Orthogonal trajectories.
UNIT II:
Linear differential equations of higher order:
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients with RHS term of
the type eax, sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)- Method of Variation of
parameters, Method of undetermined coefficients.
*(MATLAB Exercise: Introduction to MAT LAB commands and Solution of Initial Value
Problems using the command ‘dsolve’)
Applications:
Electric circuits, simple harmonic motion.
UNIT III:
Linear systems of equations:
Rank of a matrix - Echelon form-Normal form – Solution of linear systems – Gauss
elimination method - Gauss Seidal method.
Applications:
Finding the current in electrical circuits.
UNIT IV:
Eigen values - Eigen vectors and Quadratic forms:
Eigen values - Eigen vectors– Properties of eigen values (without proof ) – Cayley -
Hamilton theorem (without proof ) - Inverse and powers of a matrix by using Cayley -
Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization- Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to
canonical form using orthogonal transformation– Nature of the quadratic form.
*(MATLAB Exercise: All Basic Operations on matrices are to be implemented using
MATLAB including computation of rank, computation of eigen values and eigen
vectors)
UNIT V:
Partial differentiation and Partial differential equations:
Homogeneous function-Euler’s theorem-Total derivative-Chain rule-Taylor’s and
Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables– Functional dependence-
Jacobian.
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and

arbitrary functions –solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation, nonlinear (standard
types) equations.
Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints).

*(MATLAB Exercise: To Plot graphs of various single and multivariable functions using
MATLAB and analyze their maxima and minima graphically).
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khann Publishers.
2. Dr.T.K.V. Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand publications.
Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley- India.
2. D.G.Zill, MICHAIL R CULTER, Advanced Engineering Mathematics Third
Edition Norosa Publications 2009.
3. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press.
4. Peter O’neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.
5. Glyn James, Advanced modern engineering mathematics, Pearson education.
6. MATLAB by Rudra Pratap, Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford Publication.
Web Links:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portal:Mathematics
2. http://mathworld.wolfram.com
3. https://www.khanacademy.org
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017
****

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
(Common to CE, EEE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To define the various ecosystems and its diversity.

COB 2: To summarize the overall natural resources.
COB 3: To classify environmental impacts of developmental activities.
COB 4: To discuss social issues, environmental legislation and global treaties.
COB 5: To educate environmental management systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the need for protecting the producers and consumers in various
ecosystems and their role in the food web.
CO 2: Outline the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of
the life.
CO 3: List out the biodiversity of India, threats and its conservation methods.
CO 4: Illustrate various attributes of the pollution, impacts and measures to
control the pollution along with waste management practices.
CO 5: Describe social issues both rural and urban environment to combat the
challenges.
CO 6: Summarize the legislations of India in environmental protection.
CO 7: Classify environmental assessment and the stages involved in EIA.
CO 8: Transform existing campus into self sustaining green campus with
environment friendly aspects of – Energy, Water and Wastewater reuse,
Plantation, Rainwater Harvesting and Parking Curriculum.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 1 --- --- --- --- 1 2 1 --- --- --- ---
CO2 (K2) 2 --- --- --- --- 2 3 2 --- --- --- ---
CO3 (K1) 1 --- --- --- --- 1 2 1 --- --- --- ---
CO4 (K2) 2 --- --- --- --- 2 3 2 --- --- --- ---
CO5 (K2) 2 --- --- --- --- 2 3 2 --- 3 --- ---
CO6 (K2) 2 --- --- --- --- 2 3 2 --- --- --- ---
CO7 (K4) 3 --- --- --- --- 3 3 3 --- --- 3 ---
CO8 (K2) 2 --- --- --- --- 2 3 2 3 --- 2 2


CO1 (K1) - - - -
CO2 (K2) - - 2 -
CO3 (K1) - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - -
CO5 (K2) - - - -
CO6 (K2) - - - -
CO7 (K4) - - - -
CO8 (K2) 2 1 2 -
UNIT –I:
Ecosystems:
Scope of environmental studies, Structure- Producers, consumers and decomposers
Function – Food chain, Food web, Tropic structure and Energy flow in the ecosystem
Ecological pyramids, nutrient recycling, primary and secondary production, ecosystem
regulation. Ecological succession Terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem -
Introduction, types, characteristic features.
UNIT – II:
Natural Resources:
Natural resources and associated problems Forest resources – Use and over – exploitation,
deforestation – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on forest and tribal
people
Water resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods, drought,
conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems
Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using
mineral resources
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by non-agriculture activities-
effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity
Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources
use of alternate energy sources vs oil and natural gas extraction.
Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, Wasteland reclamation, man
induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation
of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT – III:
Biodiversity and its conservation:
Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity classification Value of biodiversity:
consumptive use, productive use, social-Biodiversity at national and local levels. India as
a mega-diversity nation - Hot-spots of biodiversity - Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
man-wildlife conflicts - Endangered and endemic species of India – Conservation of
biodiversity.
UNIT – IV:
Environmental Pollution:
Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil
pollution, Noise pollution, Nuclear hazards. Role of an individual in prevention of
pollution. - Pollution case studies, Sustainable Life Style.

Solid Waste Management: Sources, Classification, effects and control measures of urban
and industrial solid wastes. Consumerism and waste products, Biomedical, Hazardous and
e – waste management.
UNIT – V:
Social Issues and the Environment
Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting-Resettlement
and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Global challenges
Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. Environmental Protection Act -Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. –Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)
Act -Wildlife Protection Act - Forest Conservation Act-Issues involved in enforcement of
environmental legislation. - Public awareness and Environmental management.
Text Books:
1. Environmental Studies, K.V. S. G. Murali Krishna, VGS Publishers, Vijayawada
2. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University
Press.
3. Environmental Studies, P.N. Palanisamy, P. Manikandan, A. Geetha, and K.
Manjula Rani; Pearson Education, Chennai
Reference Books:
1. Text Book of Environmental Studies, Deeshita Dave & P. Udaya Bhaskar,
Cengage Learning.
2. A Textbook of Environmental Studies, Shaashi Chawla, TMH, New Delhi.
3. Environmental Studies, Benny Joseph, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi.
4. “Perspectives in Environment Studies” Anubha Kaushik, C P Kaushik, New Age
International Publishers, 2014.
Web Links:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7G3eXI_DPn8
2. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/
4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AuwG2G_ERU
5. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html
****

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to CE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives
COB 1: To impart knowledge about polymers and plastic materials that are used in
household appliances, aerospace and automotive industries.
COB 2: To nurture students about fuels as energy source used in industries like
thermal power plant, steel industry, fertilizer industry etc., and
automobiles.
COB 3: To impart knowledge about working of primary, secondary cells. Theories
of corrosion and its control methods.
COB 4: To impart knowledge on advance materials like Nano, Super Conductors
also Semi Conductors and Liquid Crystals.
COB 5: To educate students about the importance of water in industries and
household purposes.
Course Outcomes
CO 1: Explain polymeric materials their uses and moulding techniques of

plastics.
CO 2: Classify solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.
CO 3: Explain about batteries, corrosion and their control methods.
CO 4: Explain Nano materials, Super Conductors, Semi Conductors and Liquid
Crystals.
CO 5: Summarize water purification techniques and boiler troubles.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K2) - 1 - -

UNIT- I:
High Polymers and Plastics:
Polymerization: Introduction- Mechanism of polymerization - Stereo regular polymers -
Physical and mechanical properties – Plastics as engineering materials: advantages and
limitations – Thermoplastics and Thermosetting plastics – Compounding and fabrication
(compression moulding, injection moulding, extrusion moulding and transfer moulding
techniques) - Preparation, properties and applications of polyethene, PVC, Bakelite and
polycarbonates. Elastomers – Natural rubber- compounding and vulcanization – Synthetic
rubbers: Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol – Applications of elastomers. Biodegradable polymers.
UNIT - II:
Fuel Technology:
Fuels:- Introduction – Classification – Calorific value - HCV and LCV – Dulong’s
formula – Coal –– Proximate and ultimate analysis – Significance of the analyses – Liquid
fuels – Petroleum- Refining – Cracking – Synthetic petrol –Petrol knocking – Diesel
knocking - Octane and Cetane ratings – Anti-knock agents – Power alcohol – Bio-diesel –
Gaseous fuels – Natural gas. LPG and CNG – Combustion – Calculation of air for the
combustion of a fuel – Flue gas analysis – Orsat apparatus.
UNIT - III:
Electrochemical Cells and Corrosion:
Galvanic cells - Reversible and irreversible cells – Single electrode potential- Electro
chemical series and uses of this series- Standard electrodes (Hydrogen and Calomel
electrodes) - Concentration Cells – Batteries: Dry Cell - Li cells - Zinc – air cells.
Corrosion:- Definition – Theories of Corrosion (electrochemical) – Formation of galvanic
cells by different metals, by concentration cells, by differential aeration and waterline
corrosion – Passivity of metals – Pitting corrosion - Galvanic series – Factors which
influence the rate of corrosion - Protection from corrosion – Cathodic protection -
Protective coatings: – Metallic (cathodic and anodic) coatings - Methods of application on
metals (Galvanizing, Tinning, Electroplating, Electroless plating).
UNIT - IV:
Chemistry of Advanced Materials:
Nano materials:-Introduction – Sol-gel method - Carbon nano tubes and fullerenes: Types,
preparation, properties and applications.
Super conductors:-Type –I, Type II – Characteristics and applications
Semi conductors: - Preparation of semiconductors, working of diodes and transistors.
Green synthesis:-Principles
Liquid crystals:-Introduction – Types – Applications
Fuel cells: - Introduction - cell representation, H2-O2fuel cell: Design and working,
advantages and Limitations. Types of fuel cells: methanol-oxygen fuel cells.
UNIT - V:
Water Technology
Hard water:- Reasons for hardness – units of hardness - determination of hardness and
alkalinity - Water for steam generation - Boiler troubles – Priming and Foaming, Scale
formation, Boiler corrosion, Caustic embrittlement - Internal treatments - Softening of
Hard water : Lime – Soda process, Zeolite process and numerical problems based on these

processes and Ion Exchange process - Water for drinking purposes- Purification –
Sterilization and disinfection : Chlorination, Break point chlorination and other methods –
Reverse Osmosis and Electro Dialysis.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co.
2. A Text books of Applied Chemistry by Dr. Bharathi kumari Yalamananchili, VGS
publications.
3. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2015
edition.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by PrasanthRath, Cengage Learning, 2015 edition.
2. A text book of engineering Chemistry by S. S. Dara; S. Chand & Co Ltd., Latest
Edition.
3. Applied Chemistry by H.D. Gesser, Springer Publishers.
4. Text book of Nano-science and nanotechnology by B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar and
others, University Press, IIM.
Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials
2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946
****

ENGINEERING MECHANICS
I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171ES1T02 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on the concept of forces and its resolution in

different planes, resultant of force system, forces acting on a body, their
free body diagrams using graphical methods and to know the concept of
friction.
COB 2: To make the students calculate the centre of gravity and moment of
inertia.
COB 3: To educate the students about kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and
impulse - momentum principles.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Determine the resultant force and moment for a given force system.
CO 2: Explain the concept of friction.
CO 3: Calculate the forces in planar and spatial systems.
CO 4: Locate centroid of composite areas and centre of gravity of composite
bodies.
CO 5: Calculate the moment of inertia of composite areas and rigid bodies.
CO 6: Apply the concepts of kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and impulse -
momentum methods to particle motion.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K1) 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K1) - - - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
CO6 (K3) - 2 - -

UNIT- I:
Introduction to Engineering Mechanics – Basic Concepts.
Systems of Forces: Coplanar Concurrent Forces & Non Concurrent Forces – Components
in Space – Resultant – Moment of Force and its Application – Couples and Resultant of
Force Systems.
Friction: Introduction, limiting friction and impending motion, Coulomb’s laws of dry
friction, coefficient of friction, cone of friction.
UNIT- II:
Equilibrium of Systems of Forces: Free Body Diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of
Coplanar Systems, and Spatial Systems for concurrent forces. Lami’s Theorem, Converse
of the law of Triangle of forces, Converse of the law of polygon of forces condition of
equilibrium.
UNIT- III:
Centroid: Centroid of simple figures (from basic principles) – Centroid of composite
figures.
Centre of Gravity: Centre of gravity of simple body (from basic principles), Centre of
gravity of composite bodies, Pappus theorems.
UNIT- IV:
Area Moment of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem,
Moment of Inertia of composite figures.
Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of masses, Transfer formula for Mass
Moment of Inertia, Mass Moment of inertia of composite bodies.
UNIT – V:
Kinematics: Basics of linear motion.
Kinetics: Particle and Rigid body in translation – Central force motion – Equations of
plane motion – Fixed axis rotation.
Work – Energy Method: Equations for translation, Work-Energy Applications to particle
motion, Connected system-Fixed axis rotation and plane motion. Impulse momentum
method.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A.K.Tayal, Umesh Publications.
2. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A Nelson, Mc Graw Hill
publications.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics – R.C.Hibbeler, 11th Edn – Pearson
Publications.
2. Engineering Mechanics, statics and dynamics – I.H.Shames, – Pearson
Publications.
3. Mechanics for Engineers, statics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston – 5th Ed. Mc Graw
Hill Publications.
4. Mechanics for Engineers, dynamics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston –5th Ed. Mc Graw
Hill Publ.

Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-
kumar.html
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics
3. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics
4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/
***

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
I Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart adequate knowledge on the need of programming languages and

problem solving techniques.
COB 2: To develop programming skills using the fundamentals and basics of C
language.
COB 3: To enable effective usage of Control Structures, arrays, Strings, functions,
structures and union.
COB 4: To impart the knowledge of pointers and to understand the principles of
dynamic memory allocation.
COB 5: To illustrate the file concepts and its operations.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate the basic concepts of Computers.

CO 2: Solve mathematical and scientific problems using fundamentals of C.
CO 3: Use Control Structures and Arrays in solving complex problems.
CO 4: Develop modular programs to solve problems using control structures,
Arrays and strings.
CO 5: Demonstrate the pointers concept for allocating and reallocating memory
dynamically.
CO 6: Solve real world problems using the concept of structures and unions.
CO 7: Develop real time applications using file operations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - - - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - - -
CO5 (K2) - - - -
CO6 (K4) - - 1 -
CO7 (K3) - - - -

UNIT-I:
Computer History, Hardware, Software, Programming Languages and Algorithms:
Fundamental concepts of Computer, Programming Languages - Machine Language,
Assembly Language, Low-level and High-level Languages, Basics of Hardware and
Software, Algorithms, Flowchart, pseudo code, The Software Development Process.
Introduction to C Programming:
Introduction, Structure of a C Program, Identifiers, main() function, printf() function,
Indentation, Comments, Keywords, Data Types, Variables, Constants and Declarations,
Input/Output Statements, Operators, Type Conversion.
UNIT -II:
Control Flow, Relational Expressions & Arrays:
Selection: if, if-else, nested if with examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if with
examples. Repetition: Basic Loop Structures: for, while and do-while loops, counter
controlled and condition controlled loops, nested loops, goto, continue and break.
Arrays: Introduction, Operations on Arrays, 2D Arrays, Arrays as Function Arguments,
Multi Dimensional Arrays.
UNIT-III:
Functions:
Basics of Functions: Declaration, Definition and call, Categories of Functions, passing
parameters to Functions, Variable Scope, Storage Classes, Recursive Functions, Recursion
and its Types.
Strings:
String Fundamentals, String Processing with and without Library Functions.
UNIT-IV:
Pointers:
Concept of a Pointer, Declaring and Initializing Pointer Variables, Pointer Expressions
and Address Arithmetic, Null Pointers, Generic Pointers, Pointers as Function arguments,
Pointer to Pointer, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Strings, Dynamic Memory
Allocation Functions, Dangling Pointer, Command line Arguments.
UNIT-V:
Structures:
Introduction to Structures, Nested Structures, Arrays of Structures, Structures and
Functions, Self-Referential Structures, Unions, derived data type, bit-fields.
Data Files:
Introduction to Files, Using Files in C, Reading and Writing with Text Files, Error
Handling during File Operations, Random File Access.
Text Books:
1 Computer Programming, Reema Thareja, OXFORD.
2 ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.
3 Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.

Reference Books:
1. C Programming – A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.
2. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson
Education.
3. Programming in C, Ashok Kamthane.
Web Links:
1. http://www.c4learn.com/
2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/
3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/
4. http://www.learn-c.org/
5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/
****

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB- I

I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS1L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.
COB 2: To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word
accent and intonation.
COB 3: To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in their pronunciation
of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking.
COB 4: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue
influence.
COB 5: To train students to use language appropriately.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate nuances of language through audio-visual experience and

Group activities.
CO 2: Identify accent for intelligibility.
CO 3: Demonstrate in conversation, jams and public speaking.
CO 4: Make use of the concepts to communicate confidently and competently in
English Language in all spheres.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - - - 3
CO3 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO4 (K3) - - - 3

PRACTICE 1:
A. Greeting, Introducing and taking leave
B. Pure Vowels
PRACTICE 2:
A. Giving Information and Asking for Information
B. Diphthongs
PRACTICE 3:
A. Inviting, Accepting and Declining Invitations
B. Consonants
PRACTICE 4:
A. Commands, Instructions and Requests
B. Accent and Rhythm
PRACTICE 5:
A. Suggestions and Opinions
B. Intonation
Reference Books:
1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju
and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.
3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill
Publishing Company.
5. Word power made handy, Dr. Shalini verma, S. Chand Company.
6. Let us hear them speak, Jayashree Mohanraj, Sage texts.
****

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS1L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To demonstrate volumetric, conductometric, potentiometric titrations and

PH determination.
COB 2: To educate students about the preparation of thermosetting plastic such as
Bakelite and alternative fuel such as Bio-diesel.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate Acid – Base Redox & Complexometric titrations by

volumetric analysis.
CO 2: Demonstrate Acid – Base titrations by instrumental analysis.
CO 3: Prepare polymer like Bakelite.
CO 4: Prepare alternative fuel like Bio-Diesel.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - - -
Exercise 1:
Introduction to Chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, secondary standard
solutions, Volumetric titrations, Quantitative analysis, Qualitative analysis, etc.
Exercise 2:
Trial experiment - Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.
Exercise 3:
Preparation of Phenol - Formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).
Exercise 4:
Determination of KMnO4 using standard Oxalic acid solution.

Exercise 5:
Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.
Exercise 6:
Preparation of Bio-Diesel.
Exercise 7:
Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA
solution.
Exercise 8:
Determination of Copper using standard EDTA solution.
Exercise 9:
Determination of Iron by a Colorimetric method using thiocynate as reagent.
Exercise 10:
Determination of pH of the given sample solution using pH meter.
Exercise 11:
Conduct metric titration between strong acid and strong base.
Exercise 12:
Conduct metric titration between strong acid and weak base.
Exercise 13:
Potentiometric titration between strong acid and strong base.
Exercise 14:
Potentiometric titration between strong acid and weak base.
Exercise 15:
Determination of Zinc using standard EDTA solution.
Exercise 16:
Determination of Vitamin – C.
Reference Books:
1. A Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.
2. Dr. Jyotsna Cherukuri (2012) Laboratory Manual of engineering chemistry - II,
VGS Techno Series.
3. Chemistry Practical Manual, Lorven Publications K. Mukkanti (2009). Practical
Engineering Chemistry, B.S.Publication.
****

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB

I Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171ES1L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart knowledge on various Editors.

COB 2: To nurture the students on various operators and control structures in C.
COB 3: To demonstrate the modular programming approach for solving problems.
COB 4: To make the students understand, the concepts of array and structures.
COB 5: To explain the file concepts for solving various problems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Implement basic programs in C.

CO 2: Use Conditional and Iterative statements to solve real time scenarios in C.
CO 3: Implement the concept of Arrays and Modularity.
CO 4: Apply the Dynamic Memory Allocation functions using pointers.
CO 5: Develop programs using structures, and Files.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
Exercise – 1:
Introduction to C Programming
1.1) Introduction about Editors –Turbo, vi, Emacs
1.2) C Program to Perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of two
numbers from Command line
1.3) Write a C Program to Calculate area of a Triangle using Heron's formula.

Exercise – 2:
Basic Math
2.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.
2.2) Write a C Program to convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa.
2.3) Write a C Program to find largest of three numbers using ternary operator.
Exercise – 3:
Control Flow - I
3.1) Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic Equation.
3.2) Write a C Program to make a simple Calculator to Add, Subtract, Multiply or Divide
Using switch…case.
3.3) Scenario - 1 ATM PIN GENERATION:
Aditya purchased a credit card. He has to generate a PIN number to access the ATM and
Net banking for which OTP was sent to his registered mobile number. Using this OTP
number he has to generate ATM PIN number. After generating PIN number, he can use it
for further transactions. Maximum login he can make is 3 times.
Sample Input:
OTP: 6732
If valid
Enter PIN: 8858
Confirm your PIN: 8858
Sample output:
valid/ Invalid
PIN generated successfully.
Note: OTP is hard coded.
3.4) Scenario - 2 RESET PASSWORD:
Sindhuja was using Syndicate Bank’s Online Account. She wanted to pay her bills
through Online. But she forget her password. Now she has to reset the password. For
resetting the password, she has to select reset option from the Menu.
NOTE: using switch case.
Sample input:
1. Fast withdrawal
2. Mini Statement.
3. Balance Enquiry
4. Reset Password
Enter your choice: 4
Sample Output: Reset password: New password: ***** Confirm password: *****
Exercise –4:
Control Flow - II
4.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Number is
i) Prime Number
ii) Armstrong Number
4.2) Write a C program to print Floyd Triangle
4.3) Write a C Program to print Pascal Triangle

Exercise – 5:
Control Flow – III
5.1) Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
5.2) Write a C program to check whether given number is palindrome or not.
5.3) Write a C program to read two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of the
geometric progression 1+x+x2 +x3 +………….+xn.
5.4) Scenario - 3 Student Attendance report Generation:
Some of the school staff had failed to maintain the attendance of the students, causing lack
of essential records related to students attendance that should be submitted in a parents
meet. The school management has decided to automate the process in order to maintain
the attendance of every student effectively. You are asked to write a program to the above
scenario and display whether the student is allowed to write the Exam or not.
percentage<65 detained
should pay condonation to appear for
>=65 and <75
Exams
>=75 allowed for Exams
Sample Input:
Enter no of students: 5
Enter Students Details:
Should pay
Rno:1 Name: Kalyan attendance(%):67 condonation to
appear for Exams
Rno:2 Name: laxman attendance(%):56
Rno:3 Name: Yamini attendance(%):79
Rno:4 Name: Aryan attendance(%):60
Rno:5 Name: Raghav attendance(%):88
Sample Output:
Rno Name Attendance (%) Remarks
should pay condonation
1 Kalyan 67
to appear for Exams
2 Laxman 56 detained
3 Yamini 79 allowed for Exams
4 Aryan 60 detained
5 Raghav 88 allowed for Exams
Exercise 6:
Arrays
Demonstration of arrays
6.1) Linear Search.
6.2) Bubble Sort.
6.3) Operations on Matrix.
6.4) Scenario – 4 Celebrity of the Week:
Red FM has launched a program called Celebrity of the week in their channel. Listeners
are given a toll free number where they can listen to list of celebrities. Listeners can
choose their favourite celebrity from the list and vote for him/her. The votes are validated
from Monday to Saturday. The one with highest votes is called as "Celebrity of the Week"

and his/her songs are played in the program, which is aired on Sundays. Now write a
program to find the celebrity of the week.
Sample Input:
1. Nagachaithanya
2. Nithin
3. Prabhas
4. Ram
5. Thamanna
6. Samantha
7. Regina
8. Sruthihasan
Enter no of listeners: 10
Enter your favourite: 3
Sample Output:
"Celebrity of the Week" is PRABHAS
Exercise – 7:
Functions
7.1) Write a C Program to demonstrate of parameter passing in Functions and returning
values.
7.2) Write a C Program to find Fibonacci, Factorial of a number with Recursion and
without Recursion.
7.3) Scenario – 5 SELF DRIVE RENTAL
Sadiq and his friends are going to Banglore. But they don’t have a vehicle in Banglore.
For that they go to rental cars to take car for rent. You have find out what is total amount
of car’s rent. The car’s rentals and rules are as follows.
i) Minimum booking is 4.
ii) There are 3 types of cars
A) SWIFT
B) SCORPIO
C) INNOVA
iii) There are 3 categories in cars rental
A) LTTE
B) CLASS
C) XL
FOR SWIFT,
 In LTTE 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.70 per one hour, if they exceed
5kmph, then Rs.12 per km.
 In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed

 In XL, 15 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed
FOR SCORPIO,
 In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed
FOR INNOVA
 In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed
SAMPLE INPUT:
ENTER NO.OF DAYS AND HOURS FOR CAR: 01 02 (I.E 1 DAY 2 HOURS = 26
HOURS)
1. SWIFT
2. SCORPIO
3. INNOVA
SELECT A CAR: 2
1. LTTE
2. CLASS
3. XL
SELECT RENTAL TYPE: 2
TOTAL KMS COVERED: 300
SAMPLE OUTPUT:
TOTAL HOURS: 26
CAR NAME: SCORPIO
RENTAL TYPE: CLASS
AMOUNT: 2860
EXCEED AMOUNT (40KM 600
*15):
GRAND TOTAL: 3460
Exercise – 8:
Strings
8.1) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function.
i) copy
ii) concatenate
iii) length
iv) compare
8.2) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function.
i) copy

ii) concatenate
iii) length
iv) compare
8.3) Verify whether the given string is a palindrome or not
8.4) Scenario – 6 Word with Obesity:
Jeeth is a fun loving and active boy. He likes to play with words and numbers. One day
Jeeth and his friends attended a seminar, which was conducted in his school. The Seminar
was about "Causes of obesity in children and its effects". Jeeth and his friend Ram are not
interested in listening to the seminar, so he thought of giving a puzzle to Ram. Jeeth gave
some words to Ram and wanted him to find the word with Obesity. Ram was confused
and asking your help. Write a program to find the weights of the words and display the
word with highest weight (word with obesity).
Sample Input:
Enter no of words: 3
Enter 3 words: apple banana carrot
Sample Output:
Word with Obesity is carrot
Exercise – 9:
Arrays and Pointers
9.1) Write a C Program to Access Elements of an Array Using Pointer
9.2) Write a C Program to find the sum of numbers with arrays and pointers.
Exercise – 10:
Dynamic Memory Allocations
10.1) Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this
program, allocate memory dynamically using malloc () function.
10.2)Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this
program, allocate memory dynamically using calloc () function. Understand the difference
between the above two programs
Exercises – 11:
Structures
11.1) Write a C Program to Store Information of a book Using Structure
11.2) Write a C Program to Store Information Using Structures with Dynamically
Memory Allocation
11.3) Write a C Program to Add Two Complex Numbers by Passing Structure to a
Function
11.4) Scenario – 7 Library Management
Shilpa student of PGEC got the Library Card. She wants to lend the books from the
Library. The college gave two cards to each and every student. The students can lend only
two books at a time and it has to be returned back after 15 days. If the books are not
returned late fee will be collected for no. of days the books were returned after the due
date. Late fee per day is Rs.50/-
Sample Input.
Enter the name of student, Roll No. Branch, Section, Year, DOL, DOR,
Sample output
No. of days returned after the due date = 5

Late fee per day = Rs. 50

Fine paid by the student is 5 * 50 =250.
Exercise -12:
Files
12.1) Write a C program to open a file and to print the contents of the file on screen.
12.2) Write a C program to copy content of one file to another file.
12.3) Write a C program to merge two files and store content in another file.
12.4) Scenario – 8 Student Information System Using Files:
Lakshya International school was recently established and having large no of admissions.
The school management wanted the Student information to be computerized and wanted
to maintain in a simple and in effective manner. You are asked to develop Student
Information System using Files to perform the following tasks
1. Add New Student
2. Update Existing Student
3. Delete Existing Student
4. Retrieve A Particular/All Students
Sample Input:
Choose the task you want to perform:
1. Add
2. Update
3. Delete
4. Retrieve
Your choice: 1
Enter student details:
Name: Akhil
Age: 5
Class: 1
Sample Output:
Student details added
Reference Books:
1. Let Us C by Yashwanth Kanetkar.
2. Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.
3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson
Education.
Web Links:
1. https://www.hackerrank.com/
2. https://www.codechef.com/
3. https://www.topcoder.com/
4. https://code-cracker.github.io/
****

ENGLISH – II
II Semester L T P C
Introduction:
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and
the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative competence,
the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competence of
the students of Engineering.
As far as the detailed Textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of
listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed Textbooks are meant for
extensive reading for pleasure and profit.
Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative skills
and fostering of ideas.
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.
COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons and
subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical
components.
COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and
informal situations.
COB 4: To make the learner understand how modern life has been shaped by
Technology.
COB 5: To make the students understand the importance of work.
LISTENING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their
pronunciation.
2 To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to different
backgrounds and regions.
3 To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and for
specific information.
SPEAKING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal and
professional communication.
2 To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social and
professional success.

3 To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4 To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions and
debates.
5 To make the students participate in Just a Minute talks.
READING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.
2 To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and inferences of
texts in given contexts.
3 To enable the students to skim and scan a text.
4 To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.
5 To enable the students to identify discourse features.
6 To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.
WRITING SKILLS:
Objectives:
1 To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.
2 To enable the students to write sentences and paragraphs.
3 To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.
4 To enable the students capable of note-making.
5 To make the students to write formal and informal letters.
6 To enable the students to write CV
7 To enable the students to write technical reports.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compare the difference between modern technology and people’s

technology.
CO 2: Identify the causes for climate change.
CO 3: Explain the applications of modern technologies.
CO 4: Infer that spiritual help is the true bias of all activities in life.
CO 5: Identify professional work habits, necessary for effective collaboration
and cooperation.
CO 6: Rephrase coherent writing in political, social and religious background.
CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -


CO1 (K2) - 1 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - - - 2
CO5 (K3) - - - 3
CO6 (K2) - - - -
CO7 (K2) - - - -
Methodology:
1 The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a
comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and
the teacher.
2 Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on
individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.
3 The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners
only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the
task/exercise.
4 The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also
generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.
5 The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is
introduced in the class.
Recommended Topics:
UNIT-I:
1. TECHNOLOGY WITH A HUMAN FACE (Detailed)
2. AN IDEAL FAMILY (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-II:
1. CLIMATE CHANGE AND HUMAN STRATEGY (Detailed)
2. WAR (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-III:
1. EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES (Detailed)
2. THE VERGER (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-IV:
1. THE SECRET OF WORK (Detailed)
2. THE SCARECROW (Non-Detailed)
UNIT-V:
1. WORK BRINGS SOLACE (Detailed)
2. A VILLAGE LOST TO THE NATION (Non-Detailed)
Prescribed Text Books:

Detailed Text Book: ‘Sure Outcomes’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.
Non Detailed Text Book: Panorama- A course on Reading by Oxford University Press
Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.

Web Links:
1. http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-
human-face-1973.htm
2. http://www.sinden.org/verger.html
3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html
4. http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-
yoga/secret_of_work.htm
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solar_power_in_Spain
***

MATHEMATICS-II
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply various numerical methods to find roots of equations and
interpolating polynomials.
CO 2: Apply numerical methods to initial value problems and problems
involving integration.
CO 3: Find the Fourier series of a given function and study the convergence of
the series.
CO 4: Find the Fourier transforms for given functions.
CO 5: Apply method of separation of variables to solve one dimensional heat
equation and wave equation and two dimensional laplace equations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 2 - - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
UNIT I:
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations and Interpolation:
Introduction- Bisection method – Method of false position – Iteration method – Newton -
Raphson method. Errors in polynomial interpolation – Finite differences- Forward
differences-Backward differences –Central differences – Relation between operators -
Differences of a polynomial-Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Interpolation with
unequal intervals - Lagrange’s interpolation formula.

UNIT II:
Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations:
Trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule-Solution of ordinary differential equations
by Taylor’s series-Picard’s method of successive approximations-Euler’s method,
Modified Euler’s method – Runge - Kutta method (fourth order).
UNIT III:
Fourier Series:
Fourier series of periodic function - Dirichlet’s conditions for Fourier expansion -
Functions having points of discontinuities–Change of interval – Even and odd functions –
Half-range series.
UNIT IV:
Fourier Transforms:
Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals - sine and
cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.
UNIT V:
Applications of Partial Differential Equations:
Classification of Higher order P.D.E - Method of separation of Variables- Solution of One
dimensional Wave equation, Heat equation and two-dimensional Laplace equation.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. V. Ravindranath and P. Vijayalakshmi, Mathematical Methods, Himalaya
Publishing House.
Reference Books:
1. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC Press.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
3. Dass H.K., Rajnish Verma. Er., Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Co.
Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.
4. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5th edition Elsevier Limited, 2006.
5. Advance engineering mathematics by SRK Iyengar, Alpha Sciences International
Publication.
Web Links:
****

MATHEMATICS-III
L T P C
II Semester
Course Objectives:
design skills.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compute Laplace transform of various functions.

CO 2: Apply Laplace transform to solve initial value problems.
CO 3: Discuss about beta and gamma function, double integral over a region and
triple integral over a volume.
CO 4: Find the gradient of a scalar function, divergence and curl of a vector
function.
CO 5: Apply line, surface and volume integrals to find work done by a force,
flux.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - 1 - -
CO4 (K2) - 1 - -
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - -
UNIT - I:
Laplace transforms:
Laplace transforms of standard functions-First Shifting theorem, Change of scale,
Multiplication with t, Division by t - Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit step
function –Dirac’s delta function, Periodic functions.

UNIT- II:
Inverse Laplace transforms:
Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (without proof), Second shifting
theorem.
*(MATLAB Exercise: Computing Laplace transform off (t) using symbolic toolbox,
Solving initial value problems using ‘dsolve’)
Applications:
Evaluating improper integrals, solving initial value problems using Laplace transforms.
UNIT - III:
Multiple integrals and Beta, Gamma functions:
Multiple integrals: Double and triple integrals – Change of variables – Change of order of
integration, Beta and Gamma functions- Properties - Relation between Beta and Gamma
functions-
Applications:
Finding Areas and Volumes.
UNIT - IV:
Vector Differentiation:
Gradient - Directional Derivatives - Divergence- Curl - Laplacian operator -
Vector identities.
Applications:
Equation of continuity, potential surfaces
UNIT - V:
Vector Integration:
Line integral – Work done - Surface and volume integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes
Theorem and Gauss Divergence theorem (without proof) and related problems.
Text Books:
1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna Publishers.
2. Dr. T K V Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publications.
Reference Books:
1. George B. Thomas, D, Weir and J. Hass. Thomas Calculus, 12th edition, 2010
Pearson Education.
2. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd edition, Pearson Education.
3. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-India.
4. W. Jordan and T. Smith, Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press.
Web Links:
****

ENGINEERING PHYSICS
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the students with basic knowledge of physics in the areas of
optics and lasers.
COB 2: To impart the basic knowledge of sound and material science.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Make use of the basic concepts of interference and relate to the principle
of interferometer.
CO 2: Relate the basic concepts of diffraction to illustrate the principle of optical
instruments like Telescope & microscope.
CO 3: Explain the basic concepts of polarization, principle of polarimeter and the
method of producing high intensity light beams.
CO 4: Explain the basic concepts of sound waves, ultrasonics, crystal structure
and X-ray diffraction Techniques.
CO 5: Classify different types of solids, to use the appropriate solid as per its
magnetic and dielectric properties.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - 1 - -
CO5 (K2) - - - -
UNIT-I:
Interference:
Principle of Superposition – Coherence – Interference in thin films (reflection geometry)-–
Newton’s rings – construction and basic principle of Interferometer.
UNIT-II:
Diffraction:
Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit - Cases of double slit, N-slits, & circular aperture,
Grating equation – Rayleigh criterion of resolving power-Resolving power of a grating,
Telescope and Microscopes.

UNIT-III:
Polarization:
Types of Polarization-production - Nicol Prism -Quarter wave plate and Half Wave
plate-working principle of polarimeter (Sacharimeter)
Lasers:
Characteristics– Stimulated emission – Einstein’s Transition Probabilities- Pumping
schemes - Ruby laser – Helium Neon laser-CO2 Laser-Applications
UNIT-IV:
Acoustics:
Reverberation time - Sabine’s formula – Acoustics of concert-hall.
Ultrasonics:
Production - Ultrasonic transducers- Non-Destructive Testing-Applications.
Crystallography & x-ray diffraction:
Basis and lattice – Crystal Systems – Bravais Lattice - Symmetry elements- Unit cell-
packing fraction – coordination number- Miller indices – Separation between
successive (h k l) planes – Bragg’s law-Bragg’s x-ray spectrometer.
UNIT-V:
Magnetism:
Classification based on Field, Temperature and order/disorder –atomic origin –
Ferromagnetism- Hysteresis- applications of magnetic materials (Para &Ferro).
Dielectrics:
Electric Polarization – Dielectric in DC fields – Internal field – Clausius Mossoti Equation
–Dielectric loss- Ferroelectric Hysteresis and applications.
Text Books:
1 Engineering Physics – by M. N. Avadhanulu and T.V.S. Arun Murthy, S. Chand &
Company Ltd.,
2 Physics for Engineers by M. R. Srinivasan, New Age international publishers
(2009).
3 Engineering Physics by D. K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press
(2015).
Reference books:
1 Applied Physics by P. K. Palanisamy, Scitech publications (2014).
2 ‘Solid State Physics’ by A. J. Dekker, Mc Millan Publishers (2011).
Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11
3. https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics
4. http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html
5. https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home
****

ENGINEERING DRAWING
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart the knowledge for drawing various types of polygons, conic
sections and scales.
COB 2: To improve the visualization skills of the students for representing the 3D
objects in 2D planes.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Sketch the polygons, conics and scales by using the principles of drawing.
CO 2: Draw Orthographic projections of points and lines.
CO 3: Draw Orthographic projections of planes in various positions.
CO 4: Draw Orthographic projections of solids in various positions.
CO 5: Construct isometric scale and isometric projections.
CO 6: Convert isometric view in to orthographic views.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -

CO1 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO2 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K3) 2 - - -
UNIT-I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing:
Lettering, Dimensioning, Types of lines.
Geometrical Constructions:
Construction of regular polygons by general method and inscribing circle method. Special
methods for pentagon and hexagon.

Conic Sections:
Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola by general method (eccentricity method) and special
methods.
Scales:
Plain Scale, Diagonal Scale and Vernier Scales.
UNIT-II
Orthographic Projections:
Introduction to orthographic projections, Projections of Points, Projections of Lines.
UNIT-III
Projections of Planes:
Regular planes perpendicular/parallel to one reference plane and inclined to other
reference plane; inclined to both the reference planes.
UNIT-IV
Projections of Solids:
Prisms, Pyramids, Cones and Cylinders with the axis parallel to both the reference planes
and axis inclined to one of the reference planes.
UNIT-V
Isometric Projections
Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections, Conversion of Isometric views into Orthographic
projections.
Text Books:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publishers.
2. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana and P. Kannaiah. Scitech Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Drawing by K. Venugopal, New Age Publications.
2. Engineering Drawing by M. B. shah & B.C. Rana., Pearson’s Publishers.
3. Engineering Drawing by B. Agrawal & C.M. Agrawal, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publishers.
Web Links:
2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing
3. http://engineeringdrawing.org
4. http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-
engineering.html
****

BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Only CE)
II Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To define the basic concepts of various mechanical systems and the
manufacturing systems.
COB 2: To demonstrate the concepts of boilers, I.C. engines, compressors and
transmission systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Compare the different types of boilers.
CO 2: Interpret different manufacturing methods.
CO 3: Explain the working of air compressors and the concept of refrigeration.
CO 4: Explain the working principle of Internal Combustion Engines and their
performance.
CO 5: Compute the parameters of mechanical components for power
transmission.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
UNIT –I:
Steam boilers:
Classification of boilers, essentialities of boilers, selection of different types of boilers,
(Babcock and Wilcox, locomotive, lamont) study of boilers, boiler mountings and
accessories.

UNIT-II:
Metal joining:
arc welding, gas welding, brazing and soldering.
Metal forming: forging – operations, rolling and extrusion principles.
Machine tools: lathe classification, specifications, and operations.
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantages and applications. –Patterns and
Pattern making.
UNIT-III:
Reciprocating and rotary air compressors:
uses of compressed air, types, working principle, work done, simple problems.
Refrigeration: concepts, principle of refrigeration and types of refrigeration
UNIT-IV:
Internal combustion engines:
classification of IC engines, basic engine components and nomenclature, working
principle of engines, Four strokes and two stroke petrol and diesel engines, comparison of
CI and SI engines, comparison of four stroke and two stroke engines, simple problems
such as indicated power, brake power, friction power, specific fuel consumption, brake
thermal efficiency, indicated thermal efficiency and mechanical efficiency.
UNIT-V:
Belt and ropes:
Belt and ropes drives, velocity ratio, slip, length of belt , open belt and cross belt drives,
ratio of friction tensions, centrifugal tension in a belt, power transmitted by belts and
ropes, initial tensions in the belt, simple problems. Comparison of belt drives with gear
drives.
Text Books:
1 Mechanical Engineering Science K R Gopala Krishna, Subhas publications.
2 Thermal Engineering, Ballaney, P. L. Khanna Publishers, 2003.
3 Elements of Mechanical Engineering, A. R. Asrani, S. M. Bhatt and P. K. Shah,
B.S. Publications.
4 Elements of Mechanical Engineering, M. L. Mathur, F. S. Metha & R. P. Tiwari
Jain Brothers Publications. 2009.
Reference Books:
1 Theory of Machines, S. S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hil, 2004 & 2009.
2 Production Technology by P. N. Rao by I & II McGraw-Hill publications.
Web Links:
2. https://www.electrical4u.com/steam-boiler-working-principle-and-types-of-boiler/
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/manufacturing-processes-i.html
5. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR /machine /ui /
Course_home-lect.htm
6. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/design-of-machine-elements.html
7. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zKA4TYMgiqU
***

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB - II

II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171HS2L02 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.
COB 2: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue
Influence.
COB 3: To train students to use language appropriately
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate interpersonal skills using language confidently and effectively

for personal and profession growth.
CO 2: Make use of effective delivery strategies to select, compile, and synthesize
information for an oral presentation.
CO 3: Demonstrate in mock interviews, mock group discussion and public
speaking.
CO 4: Identify communicative competency to respond to others in different
situations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - - - 3
CO3 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO4 (K3) - - - -
PRACTICE 1:
Body Language
PRACTICE 2:
Dialogues
PRACTICE 3:
Presentation Skills

PRACTICE 4:
Group Discussion
PRACTICE 5:
Interviews and Telephonic Interviews.
PRACTICE 6:
Debates
Reference Books:
1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju
and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.
2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.
3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.
4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill
Publishing Company.
5. Cornerstone, Developing soft skills, Pearson Education.
****

ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

II Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171BS2L02 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students gain practical knowledge to co- relate with the
theoretical studies.
COB 2: To impart skills in measurements.
COB 3: To plan the experimental procedure and to record and process the results.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Use spectrometer, polarimeter, travelling microscope for making

measurements.
CO 2: Determine energy gap of a semiconductor, draw characteristic curves to
estimate thermal coefficient of a thermsitor, zener diode.
CO 3: Determine the rigidity and determine frequency of an unknown electric
vibrator.
CO 4: Determine wavelength of unknown source, the width of narrow slits,
spacing Between close rulings using lasers and appreciate the accuracy in
measurements.
CO 5: Verify magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K3) - - - -

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
(Any 10 of the following listed experiments)
1. Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal incidence.

2. Newton’s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.
3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel interference
fringes.
4. Determination of Rigidity modulus of a material- Torsional Pendulum.
5. Determination of Acceleration due to Gravity and Radius of Gyration- Compound
Pendulum.
6. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and Longitudinal modes.
7. Verification of laws of vibrations in stretched strings – Sonometer.
8. Determination of velocity of sound – Volume Resonator.
9. L- C- R Series Resonance Circuit.
10. Study of I/V Characteristics of Semiconductor diode.
11. I/V characteristics of Zener diode.
12. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients.
13. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s
apparatus.
14. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.
15. Hall Effect in semiconductors.
16. Time constant of CR circuit.
17. Determination of wavelength of laser source using diffraction grating.
18. Determination of Young’s modulus by method of single cantilever oscillations.
19. Determination of lattice constant – lattice dimensions kit.
20. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell.
21. Determination of surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method.
22. Polarimeter – Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution.
23. Single Slit – Determination of Slit width using laser or Determination of
Wavelength of laser.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Physics Lab Manual by Dr.C.V.Madhusudhana Rao, V.Vasanth
Kumar, Scitech Publications.
2. Laboratory Manual Cum Record for Engineering Physics I & II by Dr.Y.Aparna,
Dr.K.Venkateswara Rao, VGS Technoseries.
****

ENGINEERING WORKSHOP AND IT WORKSHOP

II Semester L T P C
ENGINEERING WORKSHOP
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To impart hands-on practice on basic engineering trades and skills.

COB 2: To nurture the students to be able to build various joints used in different
trades used for various domestic and Industrial applications.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Construct the various wooden joints.

CO 2: Prepare the various fitting joints.
CO 3: Experiment with different shapes by black smithy.
CO 4: Develop components for making the various sheet metal models.
CO 5: Experiment with the various house wiring connections.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - - - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
Trade:
Carpentry:
1. T-Lap Joint
2. Cross Lap Joint
3. Dovetail Joint
4. Mortise and Tenon Joint
Fitting:
1. Vee Fit
2. Square Fit
3. Half Round Fit
4. Dovetail Fit

Black Smithy:
1. Round rod to Square
2. S-Hook
3. Round Rod to Flat Ring
4. Round Rod to Square headed bolt
House Wiring:
1. Parallel / Series Connection of three bulbs
2. Stair Case wiring
3. Florescent Lamp Fitting
4. Measurement of Earth Resistance
Tin Smithy:
1. Taper Tray
2. Square Box without lid
3. Open Scoop
4. Funnel
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Workshop Dr. A. B. Srinivasa Rao, AMIGO Books.
2. Manual on Workshop practice by Dr. P.Kannaiah & Dr. K.L.Narayana, Scitech
publications.
IT WORKSHOP
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To nurture the students to identify the basic components of a computer.

COB 2: To demonstrate the process of assembling and disassembling of computer
parts.
COB 3: To explain the installation of operating systems.
COB 4: To make the students develop applications like spread sheet, documents,
presentation using the software like MS office, LATEX.
COB 5: To illustrate the usage of internet.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify various components and its functions.

CO 2: Apply the knowledge of computer peripherals in assembling,
disassembling and troubleshooting of personal computer.
CO 3: Experiment with installation of operating system and make the computer
ready to use.
CO 4: Prepare word documents, excel sheets and power point presentation.
CO 5: Develop LaTeX documents to handling equations and images effectively.
CO 6: Make use of internet to enhance their technical skills.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K1) 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO1 (K1) - - - -
CO2 (K3) - - - -
CO3 (K3) - - - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K3) - - - -
CO6 (K3) 2 2 - 3
Exercise 1: Identification of peripherals of a computer

Block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of the each peripheral and its
functions.
Exercise 2: System Assembling and Disassembling

Disassembling the components of a PC and assemble them back to working condition.
Exercise 3: Installation of softwares

Installation of operating Systems: Windows, Linux along with necessary Device Drivers,
Installation of application softwares and Tools.
Exercise 4: Troubleshooting (Demonstration)

Hardware Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing a defective PC Software
Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing the PC for any software issues.
Exercise 5: Network Configuration and Internet

Configuring TCP/IP, proxy and firewall settings, Internet and World Wide Web-Search
Engines, Types of search engines, netiquette, cyber hygiene.
Exercise 6: MS-Office / Open Office

a. Word - Formatting, Page Borders, Reviewing, Equations, symbols.
b. Spread Sheet - organize data, usage of formula, graphs and charts.
c. Power point - features of power point, guidelines for preparing an effective
Presentation.
d. Access- creation of database, validate data.
Exercise 7: LaTeX
LaTeX - basic formatting, handling equations and images.

Reference Books:
1. Computer Hardware, Installation, Interfacing, Troubleshooting and Maintenance,
K.L. James, Eastern Economy Edition.
2. Microsoft Office 2007: Introductory Concepts and Techniques, Windows XP
Edition by Gary B. Shelly, Misty E. Vermaat and Thomas J. Cashman (2007,
Paperback).
3. LATEX- User’s Guide and Reference manual, Leslie Lamport, Pearson, LPE, 2/e.
4. Scott Mueller’s Upgrading and Repairing PCs, 18/e, Scott. Mueller, QUE, Pearson,
2008.
5. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3/e, Cheryl A Schmidt, Dream
tech.
6. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream tech.
7. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited, Pearson
Education.
Web Links:
1. https://assembleyourpc.net
2. https://lifehacker.com
3. http://www.teachmsoffice.com
4. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials
****

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

(Common to CE& Min.E)
III SEMESTER L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To acquaint students with the fundamental concepts of probability

and statistics
COB 2: To develop an understanding of the role of statistics in Science and
Engineering.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Apply various Probability distributions for both discrete and continuous

random variables.
CO 2: Compute mean and variance of sample means with replacement and
without replacement.
CO 3: Apply various tests to test the hypothesis concerning mean, Proportion,
variance and perform ANOVA test.
CO 4: Apply the concepts of correlation and regression to the given statistical
data.
CO 5: Examine quality of the product using control charts.
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO/PSO PSO1(K4) PSO2(K4) PSO3(K6) PSO4(K3)

CO1(K3) 2 - - -
CO2(K3) 2 - - -
CO3(K3) 2 - - -
CO4(K3) 2 - - -
CO5(K4) 3 - - -
UNIT I: Random variables and Distributions

Review of elementary probability, Random variables- Discrete and Continuous Random
variable-Distribution function-Expectation, variance, Moment Generating function –
Discrete Distributions- Binomial, Poisson Continuous Distributions -Normal Distribution.
UNIT II: Sampling Theory

Introduction - Population and samples- Sampling distribution of means (known and
unknown), proportion, sampling distribution of sums and difference-Central limit
theorem- Point and interval estimation for means and proportions.

UNIT III: Tests of Hypothesis

Introduction –Statistical hypothesis-Errors of sampling, level of significance - One
tail and two-tail tests- Testing of hypothesis concerning single mean, proportion,
two means and two proportions using Z-test. Testing of hypothesis concerning
single mean, two means using t-test. Independence of attributes by
χ2 –test-ANOVA for one-way and two-way classified data.
UNIT IV: Correlation and Regression

Introduction – Simple correlation-properties-Pearson and rank correlation Regression
– straight line and quadratic curve by method of least squares.
UNIT V: Statistical Quality Control Methods

Introduction - Methods for preparing control charts – Problems using x-bar, p, R
charts and attribute charts.
Text Books:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Jay L.Devore, 8th edition,
Cengage.
2. Probability, Statistics and Random processes, T.B.Veeraju, TMH
Reference Books:
1. Probability and Statistics Engineers and the Scientists, Shron L.Myers, Keying
Ye, Ronald E Walpole, 8th Edition, Pearson 2007.
2. Introduction to probability and statistics, William Menden Hall, Robert J. Bever
and Barbara Bever, Cengage learning.2009
3. Introduction to probability and statistics Engineers and the Scientists, Sheldon,
M. Rosss, 4th edition, Academic Foundation, 2011
4. Applied statistics for Engineers and Physical Scientists, Johannes Ledolter and
Robert V.Hogg, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2010
5. Probability and Statistics for Engineering, Richards A Johnson, Irvin Miller and
Johnson E Freund. 9th Edition,PHI.
6. Probability and statistics by T.K.V.Iyengar, S.Chand publishers.
Web Links:
2. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/Statistics.html
3. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/topics/ProbabilityandStatistics.html
4. http://mathworld.wolfram.com/topics/Probability.html
****

BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Common to CE & PT)
III Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To train the students on basic principles of Networks.

COB 2: To equip the students with the knowledge of DC Machines and
transformers.
COB 3: To equip the students with the knowledge of alternator and 3-Phase
induction motors.
COB 4: To enable the students on operation of half wave and full wave rectifiers.
COB 5: To enable the students to study about the operation of PNP and NPN
transistors.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Analyze the various electrical networks.

CO 2 : Explain the operation of DC Machines.
CO 3 : Examine the performance of single-phase transformers.
CO 4 : Compare the operation of 3-phase alternators and 3-phase induction motors.
CO 5 : Distinguish the operation of half wave and full wave bridge rectifiers.
Mapping of course outcomes with program outcomes:
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - -
Mapping of course outcomes with program specific outcomes:
CO/PO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO1 (K4) - 3 - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - -
CO3 (K4) - - 1 -
CO4 (K2) - 1 - -
CO5 (K4) - 3 - -
UNIT-1:
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
Basic definitions-Types of network elements-ac and dc independent sources and their V-I
relationship- Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws- mesh analysis- inductive networks-
Capacitive networks- series- parallel circuits and star-delta and delta-star transformations-
basic introduction to ac circuits.

UNIT-2:
DC Machines
Principle of operation of DC generator – EMF equation – types of DC generators –
principle of operation of DC motor – types of DC motors –torque equation – applications
– three point starter- swinburn’s Test- speed control methods.
UNIT – III: Transformers

Principle of operation and construction of single phase transformers – EMF equation –
Losses – OC and SC tests -efficiency and regulation for various power factors.
UNIT – IV: AC Rotating Machines

Principle of operation of alternators– Types of alternators - Principle of operation of
synchronous motor-Principle of operation of 3-Phase induction motor – Slip-torque
characteristics – Efficiency calculations from direct loading.
UNIT - V: Rectifiers & Transistors

PN junction diodes - diode applications (Half wave and Full wave rectifiers) - PNP and
NPN junction transistor - transistor as an amplifier
Text Books:
1. Electrical Technology by Surinder Pal Bali, Pearson Publications. Vol. I and Vol.
II
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 9th edition,
PEI/PHI.
Reference Books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering by M. S. Naidu and S. Kamakshiah, TMH
Publications
2. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering by Rajendra Prasad, PHI Publications, 2nd
edition
3. Basic Electrical Engineering by Sukhija and Nagsarkar, Oxford Publications, 2nd
edition
4. Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology by John Bird, Routledge Taylor &
Francis Group
Web Links:
1. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html
****

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-I
L T P C
III Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1 To impart preliminary concepts of strength of material and principles of
elasticity and plasticity, stress strain behavior of materials and their
governing laws, the moduli of elasticity and their relations.
COB 2 To teach the basic concepts of bending moment and shear force for beams
with different boundary and loading conditions and draw the diagrams of
variation across the length.
COB 3 To make the students know the concepts of stresses developed in the cross
section and bending equations, calculation of section modulus of sections
with different cross sections.
COB 4 To enable the students to calculate slope and deflections in beams under
various loading and support conditions.
COB 5 To equip the students with the necessary concepts to classify the cylinders
based on their thickness and to derive equations from measurement of
stresses across the cross section when subjected to external loading.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 Explain the behavior of basic materials under the influence of different
external loading conditions and the support conditions.
CO 2 Develop the diagrams indicating the variation of the key performance
features like bending moment and shear forces.
CO 3 Determine the bending stresses in beams when subjected to bending using
flexural equation.
CO 4 Calculate the shear stress occurring in members due to various loading
conditions.
CO 5 Analyze the deflections in beams under various loading and support
conditions.
CO 6 Determine stresses across section of the thin and thick cylinders to arrive at
optimum sections to withstand the internal pressure using lame’s equation.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4(K3)

CO1 (K2) - 1 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K4) - 3 - -
CO6 (K3) - 2 - -
UNIT I
Simple Stresses and Strains and Strain Energy
Elasticity and plasticity –Types of stresses and strains – Hooke’s law – stress – strain
diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety – Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio
and volumetric strain – Elastic moduli and the relationship between them – Bars of
varying section – composite bars –Temperature stresses.
Strain Energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and shock loadings – simple
applications.
UNIT II
Shear Force and Bending Moment
Definition of beam – Types of beams –Concept of shear force and bending moment – S.F
and B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to
point loads, u.d.l., uniformly varying loads and combination of these loads – Point of
contra flexure – Relation between S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam.
UNIT III
Flexural Stresses &Shear Stresses
Flexural stress: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending
equation: M/I = f/y = E/R, Neutral axis – Determination bending stresses – section
modulus of rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I, T, Angle and Channel
sections – Design of simple beam sections .Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula – Shear
stress distribution across various beam sections like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T
angle sections, built up beams.
UNIT IV
Deflection of Beams
Bending into a circular arc – slope, deflection and radius of curvature – Differential
equation for the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay’s methods –
Determination of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams
subjected to point loads, - U.D.L. Uniformly varying load. Mohr’s theorems – Moment
area method – application to simple cases including overhanging beams.
UNIT V
Thin and Thick Cylinders
Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal and
circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and Volumetric strains – changes in diameter,
and volume of thin cylinders – Thin spherical shells. Thick Cylinders: Introduction
Lame’s theory for thick cylinders – Derivation of Lame’s formulae – distribution of hoop
and radial stresses across thickness – design of thick cylinders – compound cylinders –
Necessary difference of radii for shrinkage – Thick spherical shells.

Text Books:
1. Mechanics of Materials, B.C. Punmia, Lakshmi Publications.
2. Strength of Materials, R. K. Rajput, S. Chand Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Strength of Materials, R.K Bansal, Lakshmi Publications.
2. Strength of Materials, Timoshenko, CBS Publications.
3. Strength of Materials, S. Ramamrutham, Dhanpatrai publishing company.
Web Links:
2. http://www.aboutcivil.org/solid-mechanics.html
3. https://accessengineeringlibrary.com/maps/strength-of-materials
4. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/260/strength-of-materials-som
****

BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Course Code: 171CE3T01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1 To enable the students to know the concept of basic building materials and
their properties.
COB 2 To make the students to know the classification of aggregates testing of the
aggregate.
COB 3 To impart the knowledge on different types of masonry constructions and
types of materials used.
COB 4 To equip students with knowledge on formwork and scaffolding.
COB 5 To familiarize the students to know the various patterns of floors, walls,
different types of paints and varnishes.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 Explain the sources, properties and applications of common building

materials.
CO 2 Demonstrate the properties of different materials and carry out various tests
on cement and concrete.
CO 3 Illustrate different constructions of brick and stone masonry.
CO 4 Choose different types of constructions for structural components.
CO 5 Infer the concept of water proofing, damp proofing materials and
construction techniques.
CO/PO
(K3 ) (K4 ) (K5 ) (K5 ) (K3 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K1 )
CO1 (K2 ) 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO2 (K2 ) 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO3 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 - 3
CO4 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO5 (K2 ) 2 - - - - 2 3 - - - - 3

CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4 ) PSO 3 (K6) PSO 4 (K3)
CO1 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO2 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO5 (K2) 1 1 - 2

UNIT I
Stones, Bricks and Tiles
Properties of building stones – relation to their structural requirements, classification of
stones – stone quarrying – precautions in blasting, dressing of stone, Aggregates -
Classification of aggregate- tests conducted on aggregate. Composition of good brick
earth, various methods of manufacturing of bricks. Tests for good bricks as per IS code,
including field tests, special forms of Bricks and their uses. Characteristics of good tile -
manufacturing methods, types of tiles. Special materials like Gypsum, Glass, Bituminous
materials and Recycled materials.
UNIT II
Lime and Cement
Lime: Various ingredients of lime – Constituents of lime stone – classification of lime –
various methods of manufacture of lime.
Cement: Portland cement- Chemical Composition – Hydration, setting and fineness of
cement. Various types of cement and their properties. Various field and laboratory tests
for Cement. Various ingredients of cement concrete and their importance – various tests
for concrete.
UNIT III
Masonry and Timber
Types of masonry, English and Flemish bonds, Rubble and Ashlar Masonry. Cavity and
partition walls.
Wood: Structure – Properties- Seasoning of timber- Classification of various types of
woods used in buildings- Defects in timber. Wood based Products: Veneers, Plywood and
its types. Alternative materials for wood – Galvanized Iron, Fiber Reinforced Plastics,
Steel, Aluminum.
UNIT IV
Building Components
Lintels, arches, vaults, stair cases – types. Different types of floors – Concrete, Mosaic,
and Terrazzo floors, Pitched, flat roofs. Lean to roof, Coupled Roofs. Trussed roofs –
King and Queen Post Trusses. R.C.C Roofs, Madras Terrace and Pre-fabricated roofs.
UNIT V
Finishings
Damp Proofing and Water Proofing Materials and uses – Plastering Pointing, white
washing and distempering.
Paints: Constituents of a paint – Types of paints – Painting of new/old wood- Varnish.
Form Works and Scaffoldings.
Text Books:
1. Building Materials, S. S. Bhavikatti, Vices publications House private ltd.
2. Building Materials, B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications private ltd.
3. Building Materials, Construction and Planning, S.MahaboobBasha, Anuradha
Publications, Chennai.

Reference Books:
1. Building Materials, S.K. Duggal, New Age International Publishers.
2. Building Materials, P. C. Verghese, PHI learning (P) ltd.
3. Engineering Materials, Surindra Singh, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
Web Links:
1. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/09500618?sdc=1
3. https://theconstructor.org/
4. https://ondoc.logand.com/d/4061/pdf
****

SURVEYING
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To introduce the basic principles of surveying, various methods of linear

and angular measuring instruments so as to enable the students to use survey
equipment.
COB 2: To familiarize the students with chain, compass, level, theodolite and
advanced surveying equipment.
COB 3: To make the students know various methods employed for the measurement
of areas and volumes.
COB 4: To enable the students to determine positions of existing features on ground.
COB 5: To equip the students with necessary methods of setting out of simple
curves and methods of contours.
COB 6: To develop the plan or map showing the ground features from data obtained
by surveying.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the fundamentals of surveying.
CO 2: Solve the difficulties in chain and compass survey.
CO 3: Describe graphical field work to prepare reports.
CO 4: Estimate the levels of existing ground to prepare contour plan.
CO 5: Solve height and distances problems using different principles.
CO 6: Discuss various advanced surveying equipment.
CO 7: Produce layout curves for roads.
CO 8: Calculate regular, irregular areas and volumes.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO8 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K2) 1 - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K2) 1 - - -
CO7 (K3) 2 - - -
CO8 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I
Introduction
Definition-uses of surveying – objectives-principles, classifications –divisions, units of
measurements, scales, conventional symbols, errors in survey measurements.
Chain Surveying: uses –chain triangulation-survey stations, survey lines-instruments
used in chain survey-folding, unfolding-ranging, obstacles-field book-errors in chain
survey.
Compass Surveying: direction of measurements- purpose, principle-prismatic compass
and surveyors’ compass-bearings-meridian-azimuths-declination-local attraction-
computation of angle-traversing-types, traverse adjustments-omitted measurements.
UNIT II
Plane table Surveying
Purpose-principle-accessories-orientation-methods of plane tabling-errors.
Leveling and Contouring: Concept and Terminology, Leveling Instruments and their
Temporary and permanent adjustments- method of leveling. Characteristics and Uses of
contours- methods of conducting contour surveys.
UNIT III
Theodolite
Theodolite, description, principles-uses and adjustments–temporary and permanent,
measurement of horizontal and vertical angles. Trigonometrical leveling.
Tacheometric Surveying: Stadia and tangential methods of Tacheometry. Distance and
Elevation formulae for Staff vertical position.
UNIT IV
Advanced Surveying
Total station, electronic distance measurements (EDM)-principles of electro optical EDM
- global positioning system-introduction to geodetic surveying.
Curves: Types of curves, design and setting out simple circular curves by linear and
angular methods-introduction to compound curves.
UNIT V
Computation of Areas and Volumes
Area from field notes, computation of areas along irregular boundaries and area consisting
of regular boundaries. Embankments and cutting for a level section-determination of the
capacity of reservoir, volume of barrow pits.
Text Books:
1. Surveying (Vol No.1, 2 &3), B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar
Jain, Laxmi Publications (P) ltd.
2. Advance Surveying, SatishGopi, R. Sathi Kumar and N. Madhu, Pearson
Publications.
3. Text book of Surveying, C. Venkataramaiah, University press, India (P)
limited.

Reference Books:
1. Text book of Surveying, S.K. Duggal (Vol No. 1&2), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd.
2. Text book of Surveying,Arora (Vol No. 1&2), Standard Book House.
3. Higher Surveying, A.M. Chandra, New Age International Pvt ltd.
4. Fundamentals of surveying, S.K. Roy, PHI learning (P) Ltd.
Web Links:
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/surveying.html
****

FLUID MECHANICS
L T P C
III Semester
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students to know fluid properties and their influence on fluid
motion and metacentric heights of floating bodies.
COB 2: To enable the students to calculate pressure forces on submerged bodies and
derive the equation of conservation of mass and its application.
COB 3: To impart the students with knowledge on continuity equation and
Bernoulli’s equation to solve problems as well as to derive formulae for
flow measuring devices.
COB 4: To enable the students to learn laminar, turbulent flows and losses in pipes.
COB 5: To make the student to study in detail about boundary layer theory.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Interpret the importance of fluid properties and their influence on fluid

motion.
CO 2: Calculate pressure by using manometers and metacentric heights of floating
bodies.
CO 3: Apply the principles of total pressure and centre of pressure in the design of
different components in hydraulic structures.
CO 4: Utilize the principles of fluid kinematics in different fluid flow problems.
CO 5: Make use of fundamental principles of fluid motion in measurement of flow.
CO 6: Apply the basic concepts of laminar, turbulent flow and losses in conduits
for solving problems.
CO 7: Apply the knowledge of boundary layer theory concept to determine drag
force.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K3) 2 - - -
CO7 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I
Introduction
Physical properties of fluids - specific gravity, viscosity, surface tension, vapour pressure
and their influences on fluid motion, Pascal’s law, variation of static pressure,
atmospheric, gauge and vacuum pressures – measurement of pressure by pressure gauges,
manometers – differential and micro manometers.
Buoyancy: Buoyancy, stability of submerged bodies and floating bodies, metacentre and
metacentric height.
UNIT II
Hydrostatics
Hydrostatic forces on submerged plane, Horizontal, Vertical, inclined and curved surfaces
– Center of pressure.
Fluid Kinematics: Methods of describing fluid flow, Stream line, path line, streak line
and stream tube. Classification of flows: Steady, unsteady, uniform, non-uniform, laminar,
turbulent, rotational and irrotational flows – Equation of continuity for one, two , three
dimensional flows – stream and velocity potential functions, flow net.
UNIT III
Fluid Dynamics
Surface and body forces – Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream line -
Momentum equation and its application – forces on pipe bend.
Measurement of Flow: Pitot tube, Venturi meter and Orifice meter –classification of
orifices, small orifice and flow over rectangular, triangular notches –Broad crested weirs.
UNIT IV
Laminar Flow and Turbulent Flows
Reynold’s experiment – Characteristics of Laminar & Turbulent flows, Shear and velocity
distributions, Laws of Fluid friction, Hagen-Poiseulle Formula, Flow between parallel
plates, hydro-dynamically smooth and rough flows.
Closed Conduit Flow: Darcy-Weisbach equation, Minor losses – pipes in series – pipes
in parallel – Total energy line and hydraulic gradient line, variation of friction factor with
Reynold’s number – Moody’s Chart, Pipe network problems, Hardy-Cross Method.
UNIT V
Boundary Layer Theory
Boundary layer (BL) – concepts, Prandtl contribution, Characteristics of boundary layer
along a thin flat plate, Vonkarman momentum integral equation, laminar and turbulent
Boundary layers (no deviations) - BL in transition, separation of BL, Control of BL and
flow around submerged objects-Drag and Lift- Magnus effect.
Text Books:
1. A text book of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Dr.R.K.Bansal, Laxmi
Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.
2. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including machines, Dr.P.N.Modi and
Dr.S.M.Seth, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:
1. Mechanics of Fluids, Merle C. Potter, David C. Wiggert and Bassem H.
Ramadan, CENGAGE Learning.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.S.P. Ojha, R. Berndtsson and P.N.
Chandramouli, Oxford Higher Education.
3. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Er. R. K. Rajput,S.Chand
Publications.
4. Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic machines, Dr. A.K.Jain, Khanna
publishers.
Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/240/fluid-mechanics
3. http://www.colincaprani.com/files/notes/Fluid%20Mechanics.pdf
4. https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B-IbNSAhk4D2azFLZnV1M0ZFbkU/view
****

SURVEYING LAB
Course Code: 171CE3L01 0 0 3 2
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students to determine regular and irregular area from field
notes.
COB 2: To help the students to learn to estimate the levels of existing ground and
prepare contour plan.
COB 3: To enable the students to measure horizontal, vertical angles and distances.
COB 4: To equip the students with necessary methods of setting out of simple
curves and able to prepare contour maps.
COB 5: To enrich the student with advanced surveying equipment like total station.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Develop the plan or map showing the ground features from data obtained
by surveying.
CO 2: Develop graphical field work and prepare reports.
CO 3: Estimate the levels of existing ground and prepare contour plan.
CO 4: Solve height and distances problems using different principles.
CO 5: Produce layout curves for roads and computation of areas and volumes.
CO 6: Calculate areas and distances by total station.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - 1 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 - - 1 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - - 2 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - 1 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - 1 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 - - 1 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO1 (K3) 2 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K3) 2 - - -
List of field works

WEEK 1: 1.To find the area by chain survey (closed circuit).
WEEK 2: 2.To find the area of the given boundary using compass (closed traverse).
WEEK 3: 3.To find the area of given boundary by method of radiation (plane table
survey).

WEEK 4: 4.To find the level difference by height of instrument method or rise and fall
method (differential leveling).
WEEK 5: 5.To find the level difference along the length of the road(longitudinal
section) and draw given road profile (fly leveling).
WEEK 6: 6.To determine the horizontal and vertical angles by method of repetition
(theodolite survey).
WEEK 7: 7.To find the distance between two inaccessible points by theodolite survey
& the height and distance problem (Trigonometric leveling).
WEEK 8: 8.To find Height and distance problems using Tacheometric principles
(Tacheometric survey).
WEEK 9: 9.To set out a simple circular curve by linear method.
WEEK-10: 10.To prepare a contour map by grid method.
WEEK-11: 11.To study introduction to total station and practicing, setting up, leveling
up, and elimination of parallax error & find the Distance between two
inaccessible points and determination of remote height (total station).
WEEK-12: 12.To determine the area using total station.
List of Augmented Experiments: (Week 13 – Week 16)

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed)
13 To find the area of given boundary by method of intersection (plane table
survey).
14 To determine the horizontal angles by method of reiteration (theodolite
survey).
15 To find the distance between two inaccessible points by compass survey.
16 To find the level difference between two points (simple leveling).
17 To find the Tacheometric constants by tacheometric survey.
18 To prepare a contour map by using total station.
Reference Books:
1. Surveying (Vol No.1, 2 &3), B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar
Jain, Laxmi Publications (P) ltd, New Delhi.
2. Advance Surveying, SatishGopi, R. Sathi Kumar and N. Madhu, Pearson
Publications.
3. Plane Surveying, Alak de, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi.
Web Links:
1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/surveying.html
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107122/home.htm
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ce03/unit?unit=38&lesson=42
5. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ce03/unit?unit=46&lesson=52
****

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students to know the various strength and strain measuring
equipments.
COB 2: To equip the students with the knowledge on various physical, mechanical
properties and strength of various engineering materials.
COB 3: To impart the knowledge on the basic concepts of hardness of metals by
bhn, rockwell and vicker's apparatus.
COB 4: To enable the student to assess impact resistance of materials by charpy &
izod tests.
COB 5: To enable the students distinguish between simply supported beam and
cantilever beam and determine the young’s modulus of beam material.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate the stress-strain relationship for mild steel/ hysd bars.

CO 2: Determine modulus of rigidity of spring.
CO 3: Find the hardness of metals by bhn, rockwell &vicker's apparatus.
CO 4: Estimate the impact resistance of materials by charpy & izod tests.
CO 5: Distinguish between simply supported beam and cantilever beam and determine
the young’s modulus of beam material.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4(K3)

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO2 (K5) 3 3 2 3
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO4 (K5) 3 3 2 3
CO5 (K4) 3 3 1 3
List of Experiments
WEEK 1: 1.To estimates the mechanical properties of Mild Steel specimen under
tensile load by Direct Tension.
WEEK 2: 2.To estimate the young’s modulus of simply supported beam.
WEEK 3: 3.To estimate young’s modulus of cantilever beam.

WEEK 4: 4.To determine the Rigidity modulus of mild steel specimen by

performing Torsion test.
WEEK 5: 5.To determine the Brinell & Rockwell hardness number of the given
specimen.
WEEK 6: 6.To determine the spring properties (stiffness and rigidity modulus)
under tensile and compressive loads.
WEEK 7: 7.To find the Compressive strength of given wood or concrete.
WEEK 8: 8.To find the impact strength of mild steel specimen by performing
IZOD and Charpy Impact test
WEEK 9: 9.To determine the ultimate shear strength of mild steel specimen test.
WEEK-10: 10.To find the strain of given sample by using electrical resistance
strain gauge.
WEEK-11: 11.To determine young’s modulus of different continuous beams.
WEEK-12: 12.To study non destructive testing methods on various materials
(Demonstration).
List of Augmented Experiments: (Weeks 13 – Week 16)

13. To compare compressive strength of clay brick and reinforced cement
concrete cube.
14. To verify of Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem on beams.
15. To perform shear test on given specimen.
16. Leaf spring test (Demonstration).
17. To prepare and study the micro structure of pure metals mild steel, low
carbon steel and high carbon steel
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Strength of Materials, Jindal, Galgotia Publications, 2010.
2. Strength of materials, R.Subrahmanyam, Oxford university press, 2011.
Web links:
2. http://www.citchennai.edu.in/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/SOM.pdf
3. http://www.ace-edu.in/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/LM_SomLab.pdf
4. https://home.iitm.ac.in/kramesh/Strength%20of%20Materials%20Laboratory%
20Manual.pdf
5. http://smec.ac.in/sites/default/files/lab1/Strength%20of%20Materials%20Lab.p
df
*****

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES

Course Code: 171HS3A09 2 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To demonstrate ethical Theories to students.

COB 2: To paraphrase human rights and quote examples on values and morals.
COB 3: To infer ethical thinking abilities through experimental learning.
COB 4: To help an engineer to identify what is wrong and right in engineering
profession.
COB 5: To prepare an engineer personally and professionally with ethics.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Make use of values, morals and ethics in their day to day life.
CO 2: Identify what is right and wrong through moral ethics.
CO 3: Analyze experimental learning while developing the society with ethics.
CO 4: Apply ethical principles to resolve the problems that arise in work place.
CO 5: Apply adequate knowledge on global code of conduct.
CO / PSO CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) - - - - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1
CO 2(K1) - - - - - 1 - 1 - - 1 1
CO 3(K3) - - - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 3
CO 4(K3) - - - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 3
CO 5(K3) - - - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 3
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K1) - - - 1
CO 3(K3) - 2 - 3
CO 4(K3) - 2 - 3
CO 5(K3) - 2 - 3
UNIT-I
Human Values:
Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness - Work Ethics – Service Learning
– Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty –
Courage – Value Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self-confidence –
Spirituality- Character.

UNIT-II
Principles for Harmony:
Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education – Human Dignity – Human
Rights – Fundamental Duties - Aspirations and Harmony (I, We & Nature) – Gender Bias
- Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model – Emotional Competencies –
Conscientiousness.
UNIT-III
Engineering Ethics and Social Experimentation:
History of Ethics - Need of Engineering Ethics - Senses of Engineering Ethics- Profession
and Professionalism ––Self Interest - Moral Autonomy – Utilitarianism – Virtue Theory -
Uses of Ethical Theories - Deontology- Types of Inquiry –Kohlberg’s Theory - Gilligan’s
Argument –Heinz’s Dilemma - Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from
the Past –Engineers as Managers – Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law -
Role of Codes – Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering.
UNIT-IV
Engineers’ Responsibilities towards Safety and Risk:
Concept of Safety - Safety and Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary v/s Involuntary Risk –
Consequences - Risk Assessment – Accountability – Liability - Reversible Effects -
Threshold Levels of Risk - Delayed v/s Immediate Risk - Safety and the Engineer –
Designing for Safety – Risk-Benefit Analysis-Accidents.
UNIT-V
Engineers’ Duties and Rights:
Concept of Duty - Professional Duties – Collegiality - Techniques for Achieving
Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty - Consensus and Controversy - Professional and
Individual Rights –Confidential and Proprietary Information - Conflict of Interest-Ethical
egoism - Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality - Gifts and Bribes - Problem solving-
Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price Fixing-Whistle Blowing Globalization
and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues.
Text Books:
1. A Text Book on professional Ethics and human, R.S.Naagarazan
2. Professional Ethics and human values, M.P.Raghavan’s, Scitech publications India
Pvt, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values .Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and
V.S.SenthilKumar-PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
2. Human Values And Professional Ethics, Jayshree Suresh and B. S. Raghavan,
S.Chand Publications
3. Professional Ethics and Human Values, Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata McGraw-Hill – 2013
4. Engineering Ethics Harris, Pritchard and Rabins, Cengage Learning, New Delhi.

Web Links:
2. https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/
4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106031/Pdfs/2_1.pdf

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students secure placements.
COB 3: To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive examinations
with confidence and competence.
COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.
CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3 : Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.
CO 4 : Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements
CO 5 : Ignite creative thinking abilities.
CO 6 : Identify the direction and distance of the objects.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Number series
Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English, Functional Grammar–
Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions
Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules

UNIT-II
Aptitude: Number Analogy
Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-
signal words - examples
UNIT-III
Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy
Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -
examples
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Coding & Decoding.
Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary.
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Direction Test.
Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement.
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,
S CHAND
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
Reference books
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND
2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
2. https://www.indianstudyhub.com
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I
(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)
Course Objectives:

COB 2: To ensure the students secure placements.
COB 3: To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive examinations
with confidence and competence.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3: Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.
CO 4: Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements.
CO 5: Ignite creative thinking abilities.
CO 6: Identify the direction and distance of the objects.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Number series

Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English, Functional Grammar–

Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions
Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules
UNIT-II
Aptitude: Number Analogy
Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types - structures-
signal words - examples
UNIT-III
Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy
Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -
examples
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Coding & Decoding
Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Direction Test
Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND
Reference books
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND
2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
****

BUILDING PLANNING AND COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING

IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To enable the students to know building byelaws and familiarize national
building code.
COB 2: To make the students to study the concept of various building components.
COB 3: To familiarize the students with different sign conventions and different
views of a building.
COB 4: To impart the students with the knowledge on the scope of applying
principles of planning for both residential and public buildings.
COB 5: To teach the concepts of building drawing in software.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Plan different types of buildings as per NBC regulations and building bye-
laws.
CO 2 : Identify the conventional signs in a master plan.
CO 3 : Sketch the various building components.
CO 4 : Prepare the plan and various sectional views of simple residential and
public buildings.
CO 5 : Plan a building in Auto CAD software.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 -
CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 -
CO3 (K3) - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 -
CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 -
CO5 (K3) - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 -

CO1 (K3) 2 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I
Building Byelaws and Regulations
Introduction- terminology- objectives of building byelaws- floor area ratio- floor space
index- principles under laying building bye laws- classification of buildings- open space
requirements –
built up area limitations- height of buildings- wall thickness – lightening and ventilation
requirements.
UNIT II
Residential Buildings
Planning of Residential buildings (living room, dining room, kitchen, bed, bath and
water- closets, verandah, store room, worship room, children’s room, study room, guest
room, office room, stairs, garage).Minimum standards for various parts of buildings-
requirements of different rooms and their grouping- characteristics of various types
residential buildings.
UNIT III
Public Buildings
Planning of educational institutions, hospitals, dispensaries, office buildings, banks,
industrial buildings, hotels & motels, buildings for recreation.
Sign Conventions and Bonds Brick, stone, plaster, sand filling, concrete, glass, steel,
cast iron, copper alloys, aluminium alloys etc., lead, zinc, tin etc., earth, rock, timber
and marbles. English bond and Flemish bond -odd and even courses for one, one-half,
two and two & half brick walls in thickness at the junction of a corner.
UNIT IV
Doors, Windows, Roofs and Stairs
Types of doors: Paneled, framed & paneled door, battened & ledged & braced doors,
paneled and glazed door, flush door.
Types of Windows: Paneled window steel window, sash or glazed window.
Types of Roofs: Flat roofs, pitched roof, lean-to-roof, couple roof, closed couple roof,
collar roof, king post truss roof, queen post truss, steel roof truss.
Stairs: Classification of stairs.
UNIT V
Computer Aided Building Drawing
CAD Hardware, CAD software, Auto CAD, application of Auto CAD, function keys,
AutoCAD screen layout, planning for a drawing, methods to generate building drawings
in AutoCAD (absolute coordinate method, relative coordinate method, relative polar
coordinate method, direct distance entry method)
Draw the Plan, Elevation and sections of a residential buildings and public buildings
from the given line diagram in Sheet & Auto CAD.
Internal Examination pattern

1. The total internal marks (40) are distributed into three components
2. Descriptive (subjective type) weightage 50% examination : 20 Marks
3. Drawing assignment : 10 Marks
4. Computer aided drawing (CAD) assessment : 10 Marks

End semester examination (Total duration 3 hours, Max Marks 60)

PART A: Building planning and drawing [Duration 2 hours: 40 marks]
PART B: Computer lab pattern using any drafting package [Duration 1 hour: 20 marks]
Note: Both PART A and PART B are compulsory and are to be conducted in separate sessions.
Text Books:
1. Building Planning and Drawing, Dr.N.Kumaraswamy & KameswaraRao, Charotar
Publications.
2. Building Planning and Drawing, S.S.Bhavikatti & M.V Chitawadagi-I.K
International Publishing House.
3. Planning, designing and Scheduling, Gurucharan Singh and Jagadish Singh.
Reference Books:
1. Building by laws, state and Central Governments and Municipal corporations.
2. Planning, Designing and scheduling, Girescharan Singh & Jagadish Singh.
3. Planning Designing, Gurucharn Singh & Sheduling, Standard Publishers Distributors,
5th Edition.
Web Links:
1. https://sites.google.com/a/mitr.iitm.ac.in/iitmcivil/ce2050
2. http://www.cadmatesoftware.com/
3. https://www.slideshare.net/UrveshDungarani/building-planning-60710633
4. http://www.iitk.ac.in/nicee/IITK-GSDMA/F03.pdf
***

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To teach the students about the properties of ingredients in concrete.

COB 2: To enable the students to study the concrete mix design.
COB 3: To make the students to study the behaviour of concrete as its fresh and
hardened state.
COB 4: To impart the students with the knowledge on quality control of concrete.
COB 5: To illustrate the concept of special concrete and their use.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Demonstrate the basic concepts of concrete.

CO 2: Illustrate the importance of quality of concrete.
CO 3: Discuss the basic ingredients role in the production of concrete.
CO 4: Classify the fresh and the hardened concrete properties.
CO 5: Design the concrete mix by BIS method.
CO 6: Summarise the basic concepts of special concrete.
CO 7: Infer the behaviour of concrete in various environments.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO3 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO6 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO7 (K2) 1 1 - -

UNIT I
Ingredients of Concrete cements & Admixtures
Portland cement – Chemical composition –Hydration, Setting of cement, Fineness of
cement Structure of hydrate cement – Test for physical properties – Different grades of
cements –Admixtures – Mineral and chemical admixtures – accelerators, retarders, air
entrainers, plasticizers, super plasticizers, fly ash and silica fume.
Aggregates Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture – Bond, strength &
other mechanical properties of aggregates – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity,
adsorption & moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand –Deleterious substance in
aggregate – Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties –
Sieve analysis – Fineness modulus – Grading curves – Grading of fine & coarse
Aggregates – Gap graded and well graded aggregate as per relevant IS code – Maximum
aggregate size. Quality of mixing water.
UNIT II
Fresh Concrete
Steps in Manufacture of Concrete–proportion, mixing, placing, compaction, finishing,
curing – including various types in each stage. Properties of fresh concrete-Workability –
Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability by different tests, Setting
times of concrete, Effect of time and temperature on workability – Segregation & bleeding
– Mixing and vibration of concrete, Ready mixed concrete, Concrete.
UNIT III
Hardened Concrete
Water / Cement ratio – Abram’s Law – Gel space ratio –Nature of strength of concrete –
Maturity concept – Strength in tension & compression – Factors affecting strength –
Relation between compression & tensile strength – Curing, Testing of Hardened Concrete:
Compression tests – Tension tests – Factors affecting strength – Flexure tests –Splitting
tests – Non-destructive testing methods – codal provisions for NDT.
UNIT IV
Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage
Modulus of elasticity, Dynamic modulus of elasticity, Poisson’s ratio, Creep of concrete,
Factors influencing creep, Relation between creep & time, Nature of creep, Effects of
creep – Shrinkage –types of shrinkage.
Mix Design Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete –Quality
Control of concrete – Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria – Concepts Proportioning
of concrete mixes by various methods – BIS method of mix design
UNIT V
Special Concretes
Ready mixed concrete, Shotcrete, Light weight aggregate concrete, Cellular concrete, No-
fines concrete, High density concrete, Fiber reinforced concrete, Different types of fibers,
Factors affecting properties of F.R.C, Polymer concrete, Types of Polymer concrete,
Properties of polymer concrete, High performance concrete – Self consolidating concrete,
SIFCON, self healing concrete, Recycled concrete

Text Books:
1. Concrete Technology, M.S.Shetty, Chand Publication, 6th Edition, 2010.
2. Concrete Technology: Theory and Practice, M.L. Gambhir, McGraw Hill, 4th
Edition, 2009.
3. Concrete: Microstructure, Properties and Materials, Kumar Mehta and Paulo J.M.
Monteiro, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Properties of Concrete, A.M. Neville, Pearson, 2004.
2. Concrete Technology, A.M. Neville and J.J. Brooks, Pearson, 2004.
3. Concrete, S. Mindess and J.F. Young, Prentice-Hall, 1981
4. High Performance Concretes and Applications, S.P. Shah and S.H. Ahmad,
Edward Arnold, 1994.
5. Concrete Technology, A.R. Santhakumar, Oxford, 2007.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105102012
2. www.brighthubengineering.com › Concrete Technology
3. https://www.materialsworldmodules.org/index.php/.../web-links-sumitted-by-
members
4. https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/resourcecenter/teams/construction/links.cfm
5. www.almahroos.com/index.php/fr/component/tags/tag/17-concrete-technology
****

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To facilitate the students to examine geomorphic changes occurring in

different landforms and importance of geology.
COB 2: To enable the students to identify the physical properties of minerals, rocks
and justifying them as useful resource.
COB 3: To impart the students with the knowledge on behaviour of secondary
geological structures and stratigraphy of india.
COB 4: To equip the students with necessary information related to occurrence and
distribution of groundwater, impact of earthquakes and landslides.
COB 5: To enable the students to explore the surface and subsurface of earth for
different geological considerations in constructions of dams, reservoirs and
tunnels.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate weathering process, mass movement and their importance.

CO 2: Distinguish between different petrological formations, rock structures and
mineral identification.
CO 3: Differentiate various secondary geological formations.
CO 4: Identify surface, subsurface formations and groundwater potential using
geophysical investigation methods.
CO 5: Apply geological principles in natural hazards assessment and selection of sites for
dams and tunnels.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K6) PSO (K3)

CO1 (K2) 1 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I
Introduction
Branches of Geology, Importance of Geology in Civil Engineering with case studies.
Earth surface features and its internal structure. Weathering and erosion, Geological
agents and their work with different rocks and landscapes on earth surface, River
development process.
UNIT II
Mineralogy
Definitions of mineral and rock, Different methods of study of minerals and rocks. The
Megascopic identification of physical properties of minerals and rocks. Common rock
forming minerals are Feldspar, Quartz Group, Olivine, Augite, Hornblende, Mica Group,
Asbestos, Talc, Chlorite, Kyanite, Garnet, Calcite and other ore forming minerals are
Pyrite, Hematite, Magnetite, Chlorite, Galena, Pyrolusite, Graphite, Chromite, Magnetite
And Bauxite.
Petrology Classification,structures,textures and forms of Igneous rocks, Sedimentary
rocks, metamorphic rocks, and their megascopic study of granite varieties, (pink, gray,
green Etc.,). Pegmatite, Dolerite, Basalt etc., Shale, Sand Stone, Lime Stone, Laterite,
Quartzite, Gneiss, Schist, Marble, Khondalite and Slate.
UNIT III
Structural Geology
Strike, Dip and Outcrop. Study of common geological structures associating with the
rocks such as Folds, Faults, Joints and Unconformities- parts, types, mechanism and their
importance in Civil Engineering. Engineering properties of rocks.
Stratigraphy: Introduction & Formations in India.
UNIT IV
Ground Water
Water table, Cone of depression, Geological controls of Ground Water Movement and
types of aquifers, Ground Water Exploration Techniques.
Earthquakes Terminology, Classification, causes and effects, Shield areas and Seismic
bells, Richter scale intensity, Precautions of building constructions in seismic areas.
Land Slides Classification of Landslides, Causes and Effects, measures to be taken to
prevent their occurrence at Landslides
UNIT V
Geophysics
Importance, Classification, Principles of Geophysical study by Gravity method, Magnetic
method, Electrical methods, Seismic methods, radiometric method Etc.,
Geology of Dams, Reservoirs and Tunnels Types and purpose of Dams, Geological
considerations in the selection of a Dam site and Life of Reservoirs. Purpose of Tunneling,
effects, Lining of Tunnels. Influence of Geology for successful Tunneling-case studies.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Geology, N. ChennKesavulu, Trinity Press (Laxmi Publications),
2nd Edition, 2014.
2. Engineering Geology, Subinoy Gangopadhay, Oxford University Press Edition
(17 December 2012).
3. Engineering Geology, D. Venkat Reddy, Vikas Publishing House pvt Ltd, 1st
Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers, P.C. Varghese, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd 2012 Edition.
2. Geology for Engineers and Environmental Society, Alan E Kehew, Pearson
Publications, 3rd Edition.
3. Environmental Geology, K.S. Valdiya, McGraw Hill Publications, 2nd Edition.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105106/
2. https://sites.google.com/site/3rdsemnotes/engineering-geology
3. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/thread-36461.html#.Wfrs14-CzIU
4. http://www.geology.cz/projekt681900/vyukove-materialy/Priloha%20JV_4.pdf
****

HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY

IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the student to know open channel flow behaviour.

COB 2: To incorporate the knowledge on gradually and rapidly varied flows and
surface profiles.
COB 3: To enable the student to study hydraulic similitude to solve engineering
problems.
COB 4: To impart the knowledge on hydraulic machinery such as turbines and
pumps.
COB 5: To enable the student to do hydraulic design of turbines.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Illustrate different kinds of flow behaviour in open channel flow.
CO 2: Solve problems on most economical sections, critical depth and specific energy
for various channels.
CO 3: Determine length of surface profile and losses in various channels by using
dynamic equations of non uniform flows.
CO 4: Apply the knowledge of similitude in hydraulic model testing.
CO 5: Calculate hydrodynamic forces of jets and sketch velocity triangles.
CO 6: Make use of working proportions to do hydraulic design of turbines.
CO 7: Determine performance characteristics of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO7 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I
Uniform Flow in Open Channels
Types of channels – Types of flows - Velocity distribution – Energy and momentum
correction factors – Chezy’s, and Manning’s formulae for uniform flow – Most
Economical sections, Critical flow: Specific energy-critical depth – computation of critical
depth.
UNIT II
Non-Uniform Flow in Open Channels
Steady Gradually Varied flow - Dynamic equation, Mild, Critical, Steep, Horizontal and
Adverse slopes-surface profiles - direct step method- Rapidly varied flow, hydraulic jump,
energy dissipation.
UNIT III
Hydraulic Similitude
Dimensional analysis - Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s pi theorem - study of
Hydraulic models – Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities - dimensionless
numbers – model and prototype relations.
Impact of Jets Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined and
curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity triangles at inlet and outlet,
expressions for work done and efficiency - Angular momentum principle.
UNIT IV
Hydraulic Turbines
Layout of a typical Hydropower installation – Heads and efficiencies - classification of
turbines. Pelton wheel - Francis turbine - Kaplan turbine - working, working proportions,
velocity diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design, draft tube – theory and
efficiency. Governing of turbines - surge tanks - unit and specific quantities, selection of
turbines, performance characteristics - geometric similarity - cavitation
UNIT V
Centrifugal-Pumps
Pump installation details – classification - workdone - Manometric head - minimum
starting speed - losses and efficiencies-specific speed, multistage pumps - pumps in
parallel and series - performance of pumps - characteristic curves – NPSH- Cavitation.
Reciprocating Pumps: Introduction, classification, components, working, discharge,
indicator diagram, work done and slip.
Text Books:
1. A text book of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Dr.R.K.Bansal -
Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.
2. Open Channel flow, K. Subramanya, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
3. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including machines, Dr.P.N.Modi and
Dr.S.M.Seth, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd.

Reference Books:
1. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, C.S.P. OJHA, R. BERNDTSSON and P.N.
Chandramouli, Oxford Higher Education.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Md. Kaleem Khan, Oxford Higher Education.
3. Fluid Flow in Pipes and Channels, G.L. Asawa, CBS Publications
4. A text of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, Er. R. K. Rajput, S.Chand
Publications.
5. Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulic machines, Dr. A.K.Jain, Khanna
publishers.
Web Links:
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT
KANPUR/machine/ui/Course_home-1.htm
3. https://smartaau.files.wordpress.com/2014/03/lecture-note-ch-4-uniform-
flow.pdf
4. http://web.itu.edu.tr/~bulu/hydraulics_files/lecture_notes_05.pdf
5. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/95/fluid-mechanics-and-hydraulic-machines
****

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS-II
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students know the preliminary concepts of principal stresses
and strains developed in cross section of the beams analytically as well as
graphically due to stresses acting on the cross section and stresses on any
inclined plane.
COB 2: To teach the basic concepts of torsion and governing torsion equation, and
there by calculate the power transmitted by shafts and springs and design
the cross section when subjected to loading using different theories of
failures.
COB 3: To enable the students to classify columns and calculation of load carrying
capacity using different empirical formulae.
COB 4: To facilitate the students with the concept of combined effect of direct and
bending stresses with different engineering structures.
COB 5: To impart the students with the concepts of unsymmetrical bending in
beams, location of neutral axis & deflection of beams under unsymmetrical
bending.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Calculate the principal stresses developed when subjected to stresses along

different axes and design the sections.
CO 2: Determine the effect on springs and shafts when subjected to torsion.
CO 3: Solve the load carrying capacity of columns using different empirical
formulae.
CO 4: Determine the combined effect of direct and bending stresses of different
engineering structures.
CO 5: Analyze the trusses by using method of joints and method of sections.
CO 6: Analyze the columns when they are subjected to eccentric loading using
various theories.
CO 7: Determine the stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending.
CO 8: Calculate shear centre for channel section, I-section etc.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO8 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -


CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K4) - 3 - -
CO6 (K4) - 3 - -
CO7 (K3) - 2 - -
CO8 (K3) - 2 - -
UNIT I
Complex Stresses and Theories of Failures
Introduction – Stresses on an inclined plane under axial loading – compound stresses –
Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for biaxial stresses-Two perpendicular
normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear – Principal Stresses and Strains –
Mohr's circle of stresses – Analytical and graphical solutions.
Theories of Failures Introduction – Various Theories of failures like Maximum Principal
Stress theory – Maximum Principal Strain theory – Maximum shear stress theory –
Maximum strain energy theory – Maximum shear strain energy theory.
UNIT II
Torsion of Circular Shafts and Springs
Theory of pure torsion-Derivation of Torsion equations: T/J = q/r = Nϕ/L – Assumptions
made in the theory of pure torsion - Torsional moment of resistance – Polar section
modulus – Power transmitted by shafts – Combined bending and torsion and end thrust –
Design of shafts according to theories of failures.
Springs Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled helical
springs under axial pull and axial couple –springs in series and parallel – carriage or leaf
springs.
UNIT III
Columns and Plane Frames
Introduction – Types of columns - Axially loaded compression members – crushing load –
Euler’s theorem for long columns – assumptions – derivation of Euler’s critical load
formulae for various end conditions – Equivalent length of a column - slenderness ratio –
Euler’s critical stress – limitations of Euler’s theory – Rankine - Gordon formula - Long
columns subjected to eccentric loading – Secant formula – Empirical formulae – Straight
line formula – Prof. Perry’s formula.
Analysis of Pin-Jointed Plane Frames Determination of Forces in members of plane pin-
jointed perfect trusses by (i) method of joints and (ii) method of sections.
UNIT IV
Direct and Bending Stresses
Stresses under the combined action of direct loading and bending moment, core of a
section – determination of stresses in the case of chimneys, retaining walls and dams –
conditions for stability – stresses due to direct loading and bending moment about both
axis.

UNIT V
Unsymmetrical Bending
Introduction – Centroidal principal axes of section – Graphical method for locating
principal axes – Moments of inertia referred to any set of rectangular axes – Stresses in
beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending – Principal axes – Resolution of bending
moment into two rectangular axes through the centroid - Location of neutral axis –
Deflection of beams under unsymmetrical bending.
Shear Centre Introduction - Shear centre for symmetrical and unsymmetrical (channel, I,
T and L) sections.
Text Books:
1. Mechanics of Materials, B.C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.
2. A Text book of Strength of materials, R.K.Bansal, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.
3. Strength of Materials, Timoshenko, CBS Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Strength of Materials, R.K Rajput, S. Chand Publications.
2. Strength of Materials, Jindal, Umesh Publications.
3. Strength of Materials, D.S. Prakasarao, University press
Web Links:
2. http://www.aboutcivil.org/solid-mechanics.html
3. https://www.elsevier.com/books/mechanics-and-strength-of-
materials/skalmierski/978 -444-99793-7
****

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS-I
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the student to know the rudiments of structural analysis,
determinate and indeterminate structures, degree of static indeterminacy,
significance of compatibility conditions.
COB 2: To impart concepts of bending moment and shear force for different beams
with different boundary and loading conditions.
COB 3: To illustrate the procedure for development of slope deflection equations to
solve continuous beams with and without settlement of supports.
COB 4: To impart concept of energy theorem for beams and pin jointed trusses and
calculate the deflections.
COB 5: To enable the student with the concepts of moving loads and influence lines
for assessment of maximum SF and BM at a given section when loads of
varying spans rolling loads of pratt and warren trusses.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Differentiate determinate and indeterminate structures.

CO 2 : Analyse propped cantilever beams and fixed beams under different loading and
support conditions.
CO 3 : Analyse continuous beams under different loading and support conditions by
theorem of three moments.
CO 4 : Analyse continuous beams under different loading and support conditions by
slope deflection method.
CO 5 : Apply energy theorem for beams and pin jointed trusses and calculate the
deflections.
CO 6 : Develop the influence line diagrams for various types of moving loads on
beams/bridges and trusses.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 3 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO 5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO 6 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - -
CO 2 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO 3 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO 4 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO 5 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO 6 (K3) 2 2 - -

UNIT I
Propped Cantilevers
Degree of static indeterminacy- compatibility conditions - Analysis of propped cantilevers
with elastic and rigid prop - Shear force and bending moment diagrams - Deflection of
propped cantilevers
Fixed Beams: Introduction to statically indeterminate beams with U.D. load central point
load, eccentric point load. Number of point loads, uniformly varying load, couple and
combination of loads - shear force and bending moment diagrams – Deflection of fixed
beams effect of sinking of support, effect of rotation of a support-point of inflexion/contra
flexure.
UNIT II
Continuous Beams
Introduction – Clapeyron’s theorem of three moments – Analysis of continuous beams
with constant moment of inertia with one or both ends fixed – continuous beams with
overhang, continuous beams with different moment of inertia for different spans – Effects
of sinking of supports – shear force and bending moment diagrams.
UNIT III
Slope-Deflection Method
Introduction, derivation of slope deflection equation, application to continuous beams with
and without settlement of supports.
UNIT IV
Energy Theorems
Introduction-strain energy in linear elastic system, expression of strain energy due to axial
load, bending moment and shear forces – Castiglino’s first theorem – Deflections of
simple beams and pin jointed trusses.
UNIT V
Moving Loads and Influence Lines
Introduction maximum SF and BM at a given section and absolute maximum S.F. and
B.M due to single concentrated load U.D load longer than the span, U.D. load shorter than
the span, two point loads with fixed distance between them and several point loads-
Equivalent uniformly distributed load- Focal length.
Influence Lines: Definition of influence line for SF, Influence line for SF, Influence line
for BM – load position for maximum SF at a section – Load position for maximum BM at
a sections, single point load, U.D. load longer than the span, U.D. load shorter than the
span – Influence lines for forces in members, of Pratt and Warren trusses.
Text Books:
1. Analysis of Structures- Vol. I and II, V. N. Vazirani and M. M.
2. Ratwani, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Analysis of Structures by T.S. Thandavamoorthy, Oxford University
4. Press, New Delhi.
5. Basic Structural Analysis, C. S. Reddy Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, New Delhi.

Reference Books:
1. Theory of Structures, R.S. Khurmi, S. Chand Publishers.
2. Theory of Structures, Pandit& Gupta, Tata McGraw,Hill Publishing Co. Ltd,
3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Theory of Structures, S. Ramamrutham, DhanpatRai Publishing House,New
Delhi.
4. Structural Analysis, R.C. Hibbeler, Pearson, New Delhi.
Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/154/structural-analysis-1
3. https://www.scribd.com/document/148330927/Unit-6-Theorem-of-Three-
Moments
4. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/thread-35607.html#.Wsx43ohuZPY
****

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To verify the principles of channel flow in laboratory by conducting

experiments.
COB 2: To make the students know about the various flow measuring devices.
COB 3: To enable the students distinguish the performance characteristics of
turbines and pumps.
COB 4: To illustrate concept of coefficient of discharge for different flow
conditions.
COB 5: To impart the knowledge on variety of practical fluid flow devices and
utilize fluid mechanics principles.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Examine the calibration of different flow meters.

CO 2 : Illustrate flow measuring devices used in pipes, channels and tanks.
CO 3 : Determine major and minor losses in pipes.
CO 4 : Analyze energy equation for problems on flow through pipes.
CO 5 : Identify the flow behavior in open channels.
CO 6 : Examine the performance characteristics of turbines and pumps.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K5) 3 - - 3 - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 - - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3 (K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO1 (K4) 3 - - -
CO2 (K2) 1 - - -
CO3 (K5) 3 - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 - - -

List of Experiments
WEEK-1: 1.Calibration of Venturimeter & Orifice meter.
WEEK-2: 2.To determine the Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice by a
constant head method.
WEEK-3: 3.Calibration of contracted Rectangular Notch and /or Triangular Notch.
WEEK-4: 4.To determine the Coefficient of loss of head in a sudden contraction
and friction factor.
WEEK-5: 5.To verify the Bernoulli’s equation.
WEEK-6: 6.To study the impact of jet on various vanes.
WEEK-7: 7.To determine the height of jump and head loss in hydraulic jump.
WEEK-8: 8.Performance test on Pelton wheel turbine.
WEEK-9: 9.Performance test on Francis turbine.
WEEK-10: 10.To conduct efficiency test on centrifugal pump.
WEEK-11: 11.To conduct efficiency test on reciprocating pump.
WEEK-12: 12.Performance test on Kaplan turbine.

(Any 2 experiments to be conducted from the following)
13. To study the flow phenomenon by using Reynolds’s experiment.
14. Calibration of Rotameter.
15. To determine the metacentric height of a floating body.
16. To determine the Coefficient of discharge for an external mouth piece by
variable head method.
17. To measure the velocity at a point by using pitot tube apparatus.
Reference Books:
1. Fluid Flow in Pipes and Channels, G.L. Asawa, CBS.
2. Open Channel flow, K. Subramanya, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
3. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Md. Kaleem Khan, Oxford Higher
Education.
4. A text book of Fluid mechanics and hydraulic machines, R. K. Bansal, Laxmi
Publications New Delhi.
Web Links:
2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-
KANPUR/machine/ui/Course_home-1.htm
3. https://smartaau.files.wordpress.com/2014/03/lecture-note-ch-4-uniform-flow.pdf
4. http://web.itu.edu.tr/~bulu/hydraulics_files/lecture_notes_05.pdf
5. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/95/fluid-mechanics-and-hydraulic-machines
6. http://geeta.edu.in/Mechanical_Data/labmanual/Fluid%20Mechanics%20lab%20ma
nual.pdf.
7. http://www.cittumkur.org/manuals/mech/FM_lab.pdf.
8. http://www.rpsinstitutions.org/downloads/lab%20manual/fluid%20mechanics.pdf
****

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB

IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To train the students on quality control tests on concrete making materials.
COB 2: To equip the students with the knowledge on conduction of quality control
tests on fresh & hardened concrete.
COB 3: To enable the students to design and tests on concrete mix.
COB 4: To make the students to know non-destructive tests on concrete.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the importance of testing of cement and its properties.
CO 2: Examine different properties of aggregates.
CO 3: Determine the workability of concrete.
CO 4: Experiment with the properties of hardened concrete.
CO 5: Demonstrate the non-destructive testing procedures on concrete.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 2 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K2) 1 - - -
List of Experiments:
WEEK-1: 1.To find the normal Consistency and fineness of cement.
WEEK-2: 2.To determine the initial setting time and final setting time of cement.
WEEK-3: 3.To find the specific gravity and soundness of cement.
WEEK-4: 4.To determine the compressive strength of cement.
WEEK-5: 5.To determine the grading and fineness modulus of Coarse aggregate by
sieve analysis.
WEEK-6: 6.To determine the specific gravity of coarse aggregate.
WEEK-7: 7.To find the grading and fineness modulus of fine aggregate (sand) by
sieve analysis.
WEEK-8: 8.To determine the bulking of sand.

WEEK-9: 9.To determine the workability of concrete by compaction factor

method.
WEEK-10: 10.To determine the workability of concrete by slump test.
WEEK-11: 11.To determine the workability of concrete by Vee-bee test.
WEEK-12: 12.To find the compressive strength of cement concrete and its
young’s modulus.
List of Augmented Experiments:: (Week 13 – Week 16)

13. To determine the split tensile strength of concrete
14. To study Non-Destructive test on concrete (for demonstration)
15. To determine the split tensile strength of concrete cube
16. To determine the rebound number of concrete using rebound hammer
Reference Books:
1. Concrete Technology, M.S.Shetty, Chand Publication, 6th Edition, 2010
2. Properties of Concrete, A.M. Neville, Pearson, 2004
3. Concrete Technology, A.M. Neville and J.J. Brooks, Pearson, 2004
4. Concrete, S. Mindess and J.F. Young, Prentice-Hall, 1981
5. The Science and Technology of Civil Engineering Materials, J.F. Young, S.
Mindess, R.J. Gray & A. Bentur, Prentice Hall, 1998.
Web Links:
1. http://www.sginstitute.in/Downloads/Civil_Downloads/Manual_Concrete Tech.pdf
2. http://civil.gecgudlavalleru.ac.in/pdf/manuals/ConcreteTechnologyLab Manual.pdf
3. http://www.atri.edu.in/images/pdf/departments/CT%20Lab%20Manual.pdf
4. http://jnec.org/Lab-manuals/CIVIL/LAB%20MANUAL%20(CT).pdf
****

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS

(Common to CE, CSE, IT, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To outline and classify intellectual property.

COB 2: To enable the students to study issues relating to an Intellectual Property
right.
COB 3: To explain Intellectual Property Law to find out solution in relation to
Intellectual Property rights in the interest of original owner of Intellectual
Property.
COB 4: To illustrate the Institutions and agencies that grants, protects and works for
Intellectual properties in India and abroad.
COB 5: To impart knowledge of Intellectual property rights on trademarks,
copyrights and patents.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Compare various Intellectual Property rights.

CO 2 : Discuss on Intellectual Property infer rights on such Intellectual Property
owners.
CO 3 : Relate with Intellectual Property Law.
CO 4 : Interpret the legal issues on Intellectual Property Rights and cyber laws.
CO 5 : Apply for trade mark, copyrights, patents.
CO 6 : Summarize the ways to protect trade secrets.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 3(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3
CO 6(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 1(K2) - 1 - -
CO 2(K2) - 1 - 2
CO 3(K2) - 1 - -
CO 4(K2) - - 3 -
CO 5(K3) - 2 - -
CO 6(K2) - 1 - 2

UNIT-I
Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR):
Concept of Property - Introduction to IPR – International Instruments and IPR - WIPO -
TRIPS – WTO –Laws Relating to IPR - IPR Tool Kit - Protection and Regulation -
Copyrights and Neighboring Rights – Industrial Property – Patents - Agencies for IPR
Registration – Traditional Knowledge –Emerging Areas of IPR – Layout Designs and
Integrated Circuits – Use and Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights.
UNIT –II
Copyrights and Neighboring Rights:
Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright Protection – Law Relating to
Copyrights - Subject Matters of Copyright – Copyright Ownership – Transfer and
Duration – Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of
Performers – Copyright Registration – Limitations – Infringement of Copyright – Relief
and Remedy – Case Law - Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.
UNIT –III
Patents:
Introduction to Patents - Laws Relating to Patents in India – Patent Requirements –
Product Patent and Process Patent - Patent Search - Patent Registration and Granting of
Patent - Exclusive Rights – Limitations - Ownership and Transfer –– Revocation of Patent
– Patent Appellate Board - Infringement of Patent – Double Patenting –– Patent
Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patents – Software Protection and Computer
related Innovations
UNIT –IV
Trademarks and Trade secrets:
Introduction to Trademarks – Laws Relating to Trademarks – Functions of Trademark –
Distinction between Trademark and Property Mark – Marks Covered under Trademark
Law - Trade Mark Registration – Trade Mark Maintenance – Transfer of rights -
Deceptive Similarities - Likelihood of Confusion - Dilution of Ownership – Trademarks
Claims and Infringement – Remedies – Passing off Action - Introduction to Trade Secrets
– General Principles - Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security – Employee Access
Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreements
UNIT –V
Cyber Law and Cyber Crime:
Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act 2000 - Protection of Online and
Computer Transactions - E-commerce - Data Security – Authentication and
Confidentiality - Privacy - Digital Signatures – Certifying Authorities - Cyber Crimes -
Prevention and Punishment – Liability of Network Providers.
Relevant Cases Shall be dealt where ever necessary.
Text Books:
1. Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers- Kompal Bansal &Parishit Bansal, B. S.
Publications (Press), 2013.
2. Intellectual Property -Deborah E.Bouchoux, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 3rd
edition, 2012.

Reference Books:
1. Intellectual property rights- Prabuddha Ganuli, Tata Mcgraw hill, 2012.
2. Intellectual property rights M.Ashok kumar and Mohd.Iqbal Ali:, Serials
Publications, 2015
3. Intellectual Property Rights (Patents & Cyber Law), Dr. A. Srinivas. Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, 2015.
4. Intellectual Property- Richard Stim, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012.
Web links:
1. http://www.wipo.int/portal/en/index.html
2. https://indiankanoon.org/
3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm
4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm
5. http://copyright.gov.in/
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students to secure placements.
COB 3 : To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive
examinations with confidence and competence.
COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify the symbols, notations and Venn -diagrams.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3 : Relate different types of blood relations.
CO 4 : Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.
CO 5 : Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.
CO 6 : Build the typical write-up skills.
CO/PO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.
Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.
UNIT-II
Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.
Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons
UNIT-III
Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)

Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Cubes & Dice
Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Seating Arrangements
Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,
S.CHAND Publications.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND
Publications.
Reference Books:
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications
2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links:
1. www.indiabix.com
****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II
(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018-2019)
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:

COB 2: To ensure the students to secure placements.
COB 3: To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive
examinations with confidence and competence.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Identify the symbols, notations and Venn-diagrams.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.
CO 3: Relate different types of blood relations.
CO 4: Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.
CO 5: Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.
CO 6: Build the typical write-up skills.

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - 1 - -
CO 3(K2) - - - 2
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3
CO 6(K3) - - - -
UNIT-I
Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.
Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.
UNIT-II
Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.
Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons

UNIT-III
Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)
Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused
UNIT-IV
Aptitude: Cubes & Dice
Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening
UNIT-V
Aptitude: Seating Arrangements
Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication
Text Books:
1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,
S.CHAND Publications.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND
Publications.
Reference Books:
1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications
2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links:
1. www.indiabix.com
****

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
IV Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To equip the students with the basic inputs of managerial economics and
demand concepts.
COB 2: To understand the nature of markets, Methods of Pricing in the different
market structures and to know the different forms of Business organization
and the concept of Business Cycles.
COB 3: To impart the knowledge on production theories, its factors and cost
analysis.
COB 4: To make the students take optimal decisions and acquiring the knowledge
on financial accounting and its analysis.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1: Explain the Managerial Economic concepts for decision making and

forward planning.
CO 2: Illustrate the law of demand and its exceptions, to use different forecasting
methods for predicting demand for various products and services.
CO 3: Identify the cost behavior, costs useful for managerial decision making and
Break Even Point (BEP) of an enterprise.
CO 4: Outline the different types of business organizations along with basic
knowledge on business cycle.
CO 5: Make use of the process & principles of accounting and prepare Journal,
Ledger, Trial Balance, Trading A/c., Profit & Loss A/c. and Balance Sheet
of an enterprise.
CO 6: Utilize various techniques on investment project proposals with the help of
capital budgeting techniques for decision making.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
CO 2(K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO 4(K2) - - - - - - - - - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 6(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 1(K2) 1 - - -
CO 2(K2) - - - -
CO 3(K3) - - - 3
CO 4(K2) - - - -
CO 5(K3) - - - -
CO 6(K3) - - - 3

UNIT-I
Introduction to Managerial Economics and Demand Analysis:
Definition of Managerial Economics – Scope of Managerial Economics and its relationship with
other subjects – Concept of Demand, Types of Demand, Determinants of Demand - Demand
schedule, Demand curve, Law of Demand and its limitations - Elasticity of Demand, Types of
Elasticity of Demand and Measurement- Demand forecasting and Methods of forecasting
UNIT – II
Production and Cost Analyses:
Concept of Production function - Cobb-Douglas Production function – Law of Variable
proportions - Isoquants and Isocosts and choice of least cost factor combination - Concepts of
Returns to scale and Economies of scale - Different cost concepts: opportunity costs, explicit and
implicit costs - Fixed costs, Variable Costs and Total costs – Cost – Volume-Profit analysis -
Determination of Breakeven point (simple problems) - Managerial significance and limitations of
Breakeven point.
UNIT – III
Introduction to Markets, Pricing Policies &Types of Business Organization and Business
Cycles:
Market Structures: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly –
Features – Price and Output Determination – Methods of Pricing: Average cost pricing, Limit
Pricing, Market Skimming Pricing, and Internet Pricing: Flat Rate Pricing, Usage sensitive pricing
and Priority Pricing. Features and Evaluation of Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company –
State/Public Enterprises and their forms – Business Cycles : Meaning and Features – Phases of
Business Cycle.
UNIT – IV
Introduction to Accounting & Financing Analysis:
Introduction to Double Entry Systems – Preparation of Financial Statements - Analysis and
Interpretation of Financial Statements - Ratio Analysis
UNIT – V
Capital and Capital Budgeting:
Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization - Meaning of Capital Budgeting - Time
value of money - Methods of appraising Project profitability: Traditional Methods (pay back
period, accounting rate of return) and modern methods (Discounted cash flow method, Net Present
Value method, Internal Rate of Return Method and Profitability Index)
Text Books:
1. A R Aryasri, “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”, 4th Edition, TMH
Publication, 2012.
2. S A Siddiqui & A. S. Siddiqui “Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis”,
1st Edition, New Age Publishers, 2012.
Reference Books:
1. Dominick Salvatore, “Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide
Applications”, 7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
2. Ramachandran N, Ram Kumar Kakani, “Financial Accounting for Management”,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
3. D N Dwivedi, “Managerial Economics”, 8th Edition, PHI Publication, 2010.
4. S P Jain & KL Narang, “Cost and Management Accounting”, 3rd Edition, Kalyani
Publishers, 2004.

Web links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.tutorialspoint.com
3. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To make the students know the principles, functions, theories and practices of
different management areas.
COB 2: To equip the students with a systematic and critical understanding of
organizational structures.
COB 3: To impart knowledge on conceptual models of strategic management and to
familiarize with the tools of operations and project management.
COB 4: To make the students know the role of human relations in the management of
operations.
COB 5: To nurture the students with the contemporary practices of management.
Course Outcomes:
CO1: Apply management and motivation theories to renovate the practice of

management.
CO2: Explain concepts of quality management and use process control charts, concepts
and tools of quality engineering in the design of products and process controls.
CO3: Appraise the functional management challenges associated with high levels of
change in the organizations.
CO4: Identify activities with their interdependency and use scheduling techniques of
project management PERT/CPM.
CO5: Develop global vision and management skills both at strategic level and
interpersonal level.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -
CO 2(K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 3(K5) - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO 4(K3) - - - - - - - 3 - - - -
CO 5(K3) - - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO/PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K6) PSO 4 (K3)
CO 1(K3) - - - -
CO 2(K3) - 2 - -
CO 3(K5) - - - -
CO 4(K3) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) - - - 3

UNIT 1
Introduction to Management:
Concept nature and importance of Management, Generic Functions of Management, and
Evaluation of Management thought, Theories of Motivation, Decision making process,
Designing organization structure, Principles of organization & Organizational typology.
UNIT 2
Operations Management:
Principles and Types of Management, Work study, Statistical Quality Control, Control
charts (P-chart, R-chart, and C-chart) Simple problems, Material Management: Need for
Inventory control, EOQ, ABC analysis (simple problems) and Types of ABC analysis
(HML, SDE, VED, and FSN analysis), Justin- Time(JIT) system, Total Quality
Management(TQM), Six sigma, Supply chain management
UNIT 3
Functional Management:
Concept of HRM, HRD and PMIR, Functions of HR Manager, Wage payment
plans(Simple Problems), Job Evaluation and Merit Rating, Marketing Management,
Functions of Marketing, Strategies based on product Life Cycle, Channels of
distributions.
UNIT 4
Project Management:
Development of Network, Difference between PERT and CPM, Identifying Critical
Path, Probability, Project Crashing (Simple Problems).
UNIT 5
Strategic Management:
Vision, Mission, Goals, Strategy, Elements of Corporate Planning Process,
Environmental Scanning, SWOT analysis, Steps in Strategy Formulation and
Implementation, Generic Strategy Alternatives, Basic concepts of MIS, ERP, Capability
Maturity Model CMM) Levels, Balanced Score Card.
Text Books:
1. Management Science, Arya Sri, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. Management, James Arthur, Finch Stoner, R. Edward Freeman, and Daniel R.
Gilbert 6th Edition, Pearson Education.
References Books:
1. Principles of Marketing - A South Asian Perspective, Kotler Philip, Gary
Armstrong, Prafulla Y. Agnihotri, and Eshan ul Haque, Pearson Education, 13th
Edition , 2010.
2. A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice, Michael Armstrong,
Kogan Page Publishers, 2010.
3. Quantitative Techniques in Management, N.D. Vohra, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th
Edition, 2010.

Web Links:
1. www.managementstudyguide.com
2. www.citehr.com
3. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122106032
4. www.btechguru.com/courses--nptel--basic-course

DESIGN AND DRAWING OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize students with different types of design philosophies.
COB 2 : To equip students with concepts of design of flexural members.
COB 3 : To introduce the concepts of shear, bond and torsion.
COB 4 : To enable students to learn different types of compressions members and their
design
COB 5 : To make the students study different types of footings, slabs and their design.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Utilize different types of design philosophies.
CO 2 : Explain the concept of limit state design and apply it to beams.
CO 3 : Design flanged sections subjected to shear, torsion and bond.
CO 4 : Design different type of compression members and footings.
CO 5 : Design one-way slabs and two-way slabs
CO 6 : Explain the detailing of structural components of building.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) - 2 1 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO2 (K4) - 2 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO3 (K4) - 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO4 (K4) - 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) - 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - -
CO6 (K2) - 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -
z

CO1 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO2 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K2) - 1 - 2
CO6 (K2) - 2 - 2

UNIT I
Introduction
Working stress method Design codes and handbooks, loading standards – Dead, live, wind
and earthquake loads, elastic theory, design constants, balanced, under-reinforced and
over-reinforced sections.
Limit State Design
Concepts of limit state design – Basic statistical principles – Characteristic loads –
Characteristic strength – Partial load and safety factors – representative stress-strain
curves for cold worked deformed bars and mild steel bars. Assumptions in limit state
design – stress – block parameters – limiting moment of Resistance.
All units i.e. from unit II to unit V are to be taught in Limit State Design.
UNIT II
Design for Flexure
Limit state analysis and design of singly reinforced sections- effective depth- Moment of
Resistance- Doubly reinforced and flanged (T and L) beam sections- Minimum depth for a
given capacity-Limiting Percentage of Steel- Minimum Tension Reinforcement-Maximum
Flexural Steel.
Design for Shear, Torsion and Bond
Limit state analysis and design of section for shear and torsion – concept of bond,
anchorage and development length, I.S. code provisions. Design examples in simply
supported and continuous beams, detailing and Limit state design for serviceability.
UNIT III
Design of Compression members
Effective length of a column, Design of short and long columns – under axial loads, uni-
axial bending and biaxial bending – Braced and un-braced columns – I S Code provisions.
UNIT IV
Footings
Different types of footings – Design of isolated and footings - rectangular footings
subjected to axial loads, uni-axial and bi-axial bending moments.
UNIT V
Slabs:
Classification of slabs, design of one-way slabs and two - way slabs, using IS Coefficients
(conventional).
NOTE: All the designs to be taught in Limit State Method.

Following plates should be prepared by the students.
1. Reinforcement detailing of T-beams, L-beams.
2. Reinforcement detailing of columns and isolated footings.
3. Detailing of one-way, two-way slabs.
Internal Examination Pattern

The total internal marks (40) are distributed in three components as follows:
1. Descriptive (subjective type) examination : 24 marks
2. Detailing sheets(For above plates) : 10 marks
3. Assignment : 06 marks

Final Examination Pattern

The end examination paper should consist of Part A and Part B. Part A consists of two
questions in Design and Drawing out of which one question is to be answered. Part B
should consist of six questions and design out of which three are to be answered.
Weightage for Part – A is 40% and Part- B is 60%.
Text books:
1. Design of Reinforced concrete Structures, N. Subrahmanyian, Oxford press
publications.
2. Limit State Design, A. K. Jain, Firewall Media Publishers
3. Reinforced Concrete Structures, S.Unnikrishna Pillai & Devdas Menon, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
I S Code Books:
1. Design of Reinforced concrete Structures, N. Subrahmanyian, Oxford press
publications IS 456-2000: Indian Standard Plain and Reinforced Concrete
Structures (Permitted to use in examination hall).
2. SP -16.
3. IS-875(1987): Code of Practice for Design Loads.
(These codes are permitted to use in the examination)
Reference Books:
1. Design of concrete structures, Arthus H.Nilson, David Darwin,andChorles W.
Dolar, Tata McGraw-Hill.
2. Reinforced Concrete Structures, Park and Pauley, John Wiley and Sons Publishers
3. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Krishna Raju, New Age International.
Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/167/design-of-concrete-structures-dcs
3. https://www.academia.edu/8007881/Design_of_Concrete_Structures_Notes_1
*****

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to learn various factors affecting road network
alignment.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with highway cross section elements.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on traffic engineering.
COB 4 : To enable the students with the concepts of intersections and their design.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the basic knowledge on railway and airport
engineering.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Develop geometric design of transport systems.

CO 2 : Design the traffic signalling system.
CO 3 : Design highway Intersections.
CO 4 : Design of rigid and flexible pavements.
CO 5 : Explain the basic concepts of railway and airport engineer.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO3 (K2) 3 2 - - - 2 - - - - 3 -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
z
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K2) - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K2) - 1 - -
UNIT - I
Introduction to Highway Engineering:
Highway Development and Planning Highway development in India –Necessity for
Highway Planning – Different Road Development Plans – Classification of Roads –
Road Network Patterns – Highway Alignment – Factors affecting Alignment –
Engineering Surveys.

Highway Geometric Design:

Importance of Geometric Design – Design controls and Criteria- Highway Cross Section
Elements – Sight Distance Elements –Stopping sight Distance – Overtaking Sight
Distance and intermediate Sight Distance – Design of Horizontal Alignment – Design
of Super elevation and Extra widening – Design of Transition Curves –Design of
Vertical alignment-Gradients – Vertical curves.
UNIT - II
Traffic Engineering:
Basic parameters of traffic –Volume –Speed and density –Traffic volume studies –
Data collection and presentation –Speed studies –Data collection and presentation –
Parking studies and parking characteristics. road traffic signs –Types and specifications
–Road markings –Need for road markings –Types of road markings –Design of traffic
signals –Webster method –IRC method.
UNIT – III
Intersection Design:
Types of intersections –Conflicts at intersections –Types of at-grade intersections
channelization –Objectives –Traffic islands and design criteria –Types of grades –
Separated intersections –Rotary intersection –Concept of rotary intersection and design
criteria- Advantages and disadvantages of rotary intersection.
UNIT - IV
Design of Pavements:
Types of pavements – Functions and requirements of different components of pavements
- Design Factors.
Flexible Pavements:
Design factors – Flexible Pavement Design Methods – CBR method – IRC method –
Burmister method – Mechanistic method – IRC Method for Low volume Flexible
pavements.
Rigid Pavements:
Design Considerations –Wheel load stresses – Temperature stresses – Frictional
stresses – Combination of stresses – Design of slabs – Design of Joints – IRC method
– Rigid pavements for low volume roads – Continuously Reinforced Cement Concrete
Pavements – Roller Compacted Concrete Pavements
UNIT - V
Railway Engineering:
Permanent way components –Cross section of permanent way –functions of various
components like rails –Sleepers and ballast –Rail fastenings –Creep of rails –
Theories related to creep –Adzing of sleepers –Sleeper density. gradients –Grade
compensation –Cant and negative super elevation –Cant deficiency.
Airport Engineering:
Factors affecting selection of site for airport –Aircraft characteristics –Geometric design
of runway –Computation of runway length –Correction for runway length –
Orientation of runway –Wind rose diagram.

Text books:
1. Highway Engineering, S.K.Khanna & C.E.G.Justo, Nemchand & Bros., 7th
edition, 2011.
2. Railway Engineering, A text book of Transportation Engineering, S.P.chadula,
S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2013.
3. Highway Engineering Design, L.R.Kadiyali and Lal- Khanna Publications, 2007.
4. Airport Planning and Design, S.K.Khanna and Arora, Nemchand Bros, 6th edition,
2012.
Reference books:
1. Highway Engineering, S.P.Bindra, DhanpatRai & Sons., 4th Edition.
2. Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning, Dr.L.R.Kadyali, Khanna
publications, 6th Edition, 1997.
3. Railway Engineering, August, Prabha& Co., 15th Edition, 1994.
4. Air Transportation Planning & design, Virendhra Kumar &Statish Chandhra, Gal
Gotia Publishers 1999.
Web Links:
2. https://novalynx.com/store/pc/What-Is-a-Wind-Rose-d55.htm
3. https://ircep.gov.in/
*****

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS -II
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on two-hinged and three-hinged
arches.
COB 2 : To enable the students with the basic concepts of lateral load analysis,
characteristics of cables and suspension bridges.
COB 3 : To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of different computation
methods in indeterminate structure analysis.
COB 4 : To enrich the students with the knowledge on moment distribution method,
Kani’s method.
COB 5 : To impart the knowledge on Flexibility and Stiffness matrix methods.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Analyze the two-hinged and three-hinged arches.

CO 2 : Analyze the application of lateral loads in building frames.
CO 3 : Examine the various characteristics in analyzing the cables and suspension
bridges.
CO 4 : Analyze the structures using Moment distribution method.
CO 5 : Analyze the structures using Kani’s method.
CO 6 : Analyze the structures using Flexibility and Stiffness matrix methods.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 3 1 - - 3 - - - - - 3
CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3
CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3
z

CO1 (K3) 3 3 - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 - -

UNIT –I
Three Hinged Arches:
Elastic theory of arches – Eddy’s theorem – Determination of horizontal thrust - bending
moment - normal thrust and radial shear – effect of temperature.
Two Hinged Arches:
Determination of horizontal thrust - bending moment - normal thrust and radial shear – Rib
shortening and temperature stresses - tied arches – fixed arches – (No analytical question).
UNIT – II
Lateral Load Analysis using Approximate Methods:
Application to building frames,
(i) Portal method (ii) Cantilever method.
Cable structures and Suspension bridges:
Introduction - characteristics of cable - analysis of cables subjected to concentrated and
uniformly distributed loads - anchor cable - temperature stresses - analysis of simple
suspension bridge - three hinged and two hinged stiffening girder suspension bridges.
UNIT – III
Moment Distribution Method:
Stiffness and carry over factors – Distribution factors - Analysis of continuous beams with
and without sinking of supports – Portal frames – including Sway-Substitute frame
analysis by two cycle.
UNIT – IV
Kani’s Method:
Analysis of continuous beams – including settlement of supports and single bay portal
frames with and without side sway.
UNIT – V
Flexibility Method:
Introduction - application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns) including
Support settlements.
Stiffness Method:
Introduction - application to continuous beams (maximum of two unknowns) including
support settlements.
Text Books:
1. Structural Analysis, T.S.Thandavamoorthy, Oxford university press, India.
2. Structural Analysis, Vol.I&Vol.2, S.S.Bhavikatti–Vikas publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
3. Structural Analysis, R.C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education, India
Reference Books:
1. Intermediate Structural Analysis, C. K. Wang, Tata McGraw Hill, India.
2. Theory of structures, Ramamuratam, Dhanpatrai Publications.
3. Analysis of structures, Vazrani & Ratwani – Khanna Publications.
4. Comprehensive Structural Analysis-Vol.I&2, Dr. R. Vaidyanathan & Dr. P.
Perumal, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

Web Links:
1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/105105109/
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/232/structural-analysis-2
3. http:// freevideolectures.com/course/97/structural-analysis-2
*****

WATER RESOURCE ENGINEERING–I
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to know the concepts of hydrological cycle and its
importance.
COB 2 : To impart the knowledge on various abstractions of precipitation.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on characteristics of runoff and
hydrograph analysis in estimating the runoff.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with the concept of floods, flood frequency studies
and flood routing techniques.
COB 5 : To enrich the students with the concepts of groundwater movement and well
hydraulics
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the major hydrological components - Intensity-Duration-Frequency

curves and Depth-Area-Duration curves.
CO 2 : Identify the various abstractions of precipitation and factors affecting it.
CO 3 : Examine the various characteristics of runoff.
CO 4 : Analyze the different types of unit hydrographs in rainfall-runoff modeling.
CO 5 : Illustrate the various methods in flood frequency analysis and flood routing
techniques.
CO 6 : Analyze various ground water potential aquifer parameters and yield from
wells.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO2(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
z

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO 6(K4) 3 3

UNIT –I
Introduction:
Engineering hydrology and its applications - Hydrologic cycle - Hydrological data-sources
of data.
Precipitation:
Types and forms - measurement - rain gauge network - presentation of rainfall data-
average rainfall - continuity and consistency of rainfall data - frequency of rainfall -
Intensity-Duration-Frequency (IDF) curves - Depth-Area-Duration (DAD) curves -
Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) - design storm.
UNIT – II
Abstractions from precipitation:
Initial abstractions - Evaporation- Factors affecting - measurement and reduction.
Evapotranspiration- Factors affecting - measurement and control.
Infiltration- Factors affecting - Infiltration capacity curve - measurement - and infiltration
indices.
UNIT–III
Runoff:
Catchment characteristics - factors affecting runoff - components - computation- empirical
formulae - tables and curves - stream gauging - Rating curves - flow mass curve and flow
duration curve - rainfall-runoff modeling.
Hydrograph analysis:
Components of hydrograph - separation of base flow - effective rainfall hyetograph and
direct runoff hydrograph - unit hydrograph,-assumptions - derivation of unit hydrograph -
unit hydrographs of different durations - principle of superposition and S-hydrograph
methods - Instantaneous unit hydrograph - limitations and applications of unit hydrograph.
UNIT – IV
Floods:
Causes and effects - flood frequency analysis- Gumbel’s and Log-Pearson type III
distribution methods - Standard Project Flood (SPF) and Probable Maximum Flood (MPF)
- flood control methods and management.
Flood Routing:
Hydrologic routing - channel and reservoir routing - Muskingum and Modified Puls
methods of routing.
UNIT – V
Groundwater:
Occurrence - types of aquifers - aquifer parameters - porosity - specific yield -
permeability - transmissivity and storage coefficient - types of wells - Darcy’s law -
Dupuit’s equation- steady radial flow to wells in confined and unconfined aquifers - yield
of a open well-recuperation test

Text Books:
1. Engineering Hydrology, Subramanya.K, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd,New Delhi,2013.
2. Irrigation and water power Engineering, Dr.B.C.Punmia and Dr.Pande - B.B.Lal,
Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures, S.K.Garg; Khanna publishers
New Delhi, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Water Resources Engineering, Mays L.W, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, (2013).
2. Hydrology, Raghunath. H.M., New Age International Publishers, (2010).
3. Irrigation, Water Resources & Water Power Engineering, Dr. P.N.Modi; standard
Book House, New Delhi,2006
4. Irrigation water power and water resources engineering, K.R.Arora, Standard
published distributors, New Delhi, 2006.
Web Links:
2. http://www.academicpub.org/jwrhe/
3. http://www.peo.on.ca/index.php/ci_id/21843/la_id/1
*****

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)
V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171CE5E01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To explain basic concept of project management including network drawing

and monitoring.
COB 2 : To equip the students with knowledge on better utilization of resources in
construction.
COB 3 : To impart knowledge on various equipment related to construction like earth
moving equipment, trucks and handling equipment.
COB 4 : To enable the students to know aggregate and concrete production
equipments.
COB 5 : To make student to know different types of pile driving equipment.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Plan and schedule on various construction projects.

CO 2 : Solve PERT and CPM networks & have a better idea upon utilization of
resources in Construction.
CO 3 : Compare the functioning of various earth moving equipment.
CO 4 : Explain the methods of production of aggregate and concreting.
CO 5 : Classify different types of pile driving equipment.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - 3 - 3 3
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 - 3 - 3 3
CO3 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - - - - 3
CO4 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - - - - 3
CO5 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - - - - 3

CO1 (K4) 3 - - 3
CO2 (K3) 2 - - 3
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K2) - - - -

UNIT –I:
Introduction:
Steps involved in planning - Objectives – Principles –Advantages - Limitations - Stages
of planning - Scheduling - Preparation of construction schedules - Methods of scheduling
- Bar charts -Mile stone charts – Controlling - Project work break down.
UNIT – II:
Project Management Through Networks:
Objectives of network techniques - Fundamentals of network analysis - Events; Activities-
Dummies - Types of networks - Choice of network type - Advantages of network
techniques over conventional techniques.
Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT): Introduction - Earliest expected
time - Latest allowable occurrence time - Slack - Critical path - Probability of completion
time for a project.
UNIT – III:
Critical Path Method (CPM):
Introduction-Difference between CPM and PERT-Time estimates- Earliest event time-
Latest event time- Float- Critical activities and critical path.
Cost Control: Direct cost-indirect cost-total project cost- Optimization of cost through
networks-Steps involved In optimization of cost- allocation of resources
UNIT – IV:
Construction Equipment:
Classification of construction equipment- Earth moving equipment- capacities of trucks
and handling equipment-calculation of truck production- Excavation equipment-Hauling
equipment- Earth compaction equipment- Hoisting equipment.
UNIT – V:
Aggregate & Concreting Equipment:
Crushers & Types of crushers-selection of crushing equipment- concrete mixers- mixing
and placing of concrete- consolidating and finishing- Piling & Pile driving equipment -
form work- fabrication and erection.
Text Books:
1. Construction Planning, Equipment and Method, Purifoy and Schlender, Shapira,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010
2. Construction Project Management Theory and Practice, Kumar Neeraj Jha,
Pearson, 2011
3. “Construction Technology, Subir K. Sarkar and Subhajit Saraswati, Oxford
University press, 2008
Reference Books:
1. Construction Project Management, K.K.Chitkara, McGraw Hill, 2014.
2. Project planning and control with PERT and CPM, Dr.B.C.Punmia,
K.K.khandelwal, laxmi publications, 2016
Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/105103093/
2. nptel.ac.in/courses/105103093/22
3. www.ekt.bme.hu/CM-BSC-MSC/EarthworksAndSoilCompaction.

URBAN HYDROLOGY
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - I)
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the students with the impact of urbanization on catchment basin
hydrology.
COB 2 : To enable the students with the knowledge on various methods in estimation
of urban runoff.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on different elements of drainage
systems.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on design considerations of storm water drainage
structures.
COB 5 : To make the students know about the basic concepts on preparation of master
urban drainage system
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Illustrate the importance of urban hydrological cycle and its significance in
precipitation analysis.
CO 2 : Apply the rational method and NRCS curve number approach for estimating
runoff quality and quantity in urban drainage systems.
CO 3 : Describe the various elements of drainage systems.
CO 4 : Distinguish the storm water drainage structures and best practices in storm
water management.
CO 5 : Summarize the various concepts required in the preparation of master
drainage plans.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 1 1 1 - - - - - - 3 -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 3 -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 -
CO5(K5) 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO1 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO2 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - -

UNIT - I
Introduction:
Urbanization and its effect on water cycle – urban hydrologic cycle – trends in
urbanization – effect of urbanization on hydrology.
Precipitation Analysis:
Importance of short duration of rainfall and runoff data - methods of estimation of time of
concentration for design of urban drainage systems - Intensity-Duration -Frequency (IDF)
curves - design storms for urban drainage.
UNIT –II
Urban drainage systems:
Time of concentration - peak flow estimation approaches - rational method - NRCS
curve number approach - runoff quantity and quality - wastewater and storm water
reuse - major and minor systems.
UNIT – III
Elements of drainage systems:
Open channel - underground drains - appurtenances - pumping - and source control.
UNIT– IV
Analysis and Management:
Storm water drainage structures - design of Storm water network- Best Management
Practices–detention and retention facilities - swales - constructed wetlands - models
available for storm water management.
UNIT–V
Master drainage plans:
Issues to be concentrated upon – typical urban typical urban drainage master plan -
interrelation between water resources investigation and urban planning processes -
planning objectives - comprehensive planning - use of models in planning.
Text Books:
1. Manual on Drainage in Urbanisedarea, Geiger.W.F, J.Marsalek, W.J.Rawls and
F.C.Zuidema, (1987 - 2 volumes),
2. Urban Hydrology, Hall.M.J, Elsevier Applied Science Publisher (1984).
3. Hydrology, Quantity and Quality Analysis, Wanielista.M.P and EaglinWiley
and Sons, (1997).
Reference Books:
1. Stormwater Detention for Drainage, Stahre P and Urbonas B (1990), Water
Quality and CSO Management, Prentice Hall.
2. Urban water cycle processes and interactions,Marsalek et.al 2006.
3. Hydrologic Engineering, Rahman.M, Arya.D.S, Goel.N.K, Dhamy. A.P, 2011.
Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/downloads/105101002/3.
2. blogs.agu.org/water underground/about/
3. http://nitroorkee.gov.in/water-information/hydrologic-resourcse
*****

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable students to know various components and characteristics of traffic.

COB 2 : To equip the students with knowledge on parking problems and manage
traffic regulations.
COB 3 : To impart knowledge on various traffic control devices and principles of
highway safety.
COB 4 : To make student to know detrimental effects of traffic on environment.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with knowledge on environment.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify traffic stream characteristics and studies.
CO 2 : Explain traffic capacity and level of service.
CO 3 : Solve various parking problems and manage traffic regulations.
CO 4 : Illustrate measures for Road safety.
CO 5 : Design traffic signal cycle and Rotary Island capacity.
CO 6 : Classify various traffic-environment problems

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 2 1 3 3 - - 3 - 3 -
CO2 (K2) 3 1 - - - - - - 3 - 2 -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 - - - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 - - 3 3 3 - - - - -

CO1 (K3) - - - 3
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO4 (K2) - - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO6(K4) - - - -

UNIT-I
Traffic Characteristics Measurement and Analysis:
Basic traffic Characteristics - Speed, Volume and Concentration. Relationship between
Flow, Speed and Concentration. Traffic Measurement and Analysis - Volume Studies -
Objectives, Methods; Speed studies – Objectives, Definition of Spot Speed, time mean
speed and space mean speed; Methods of conducting speed studies; Presentation of speed
study data; Head ways and Gaps; Critical Gap; Gap acceptance studies.
UNIT-II
Highway Capacity and Level Of Service:
Basic definitions related to capacity; Level of service concept; Factors affecting capacity
and level of service; Computation of capacity and level of service for two lane highways,
Multilane highways and freeways.
Parking Analysis:
Types of parking facilities – On-street parking and Off-street Parking facilities; Parking
studies and analysis- Parking Inventory Study, Parking Usage Study By Patrolling,
Questionnaire Survey, Cordon Surveys; Evaluation of parking parameters; Parking
accumulation, Parking Load, Parking Turnover, Parking Index, Parking Volume
UNIT-III
Traffic Safety:
Traffic Safety -Accident studies and analysis; Causes of accidents - The Road, The
vehicle, The road user and the Environment; Engineering, Enforcement and Education
measures for the prevention of accidents.
UNIT-IV
Traffic Signals:
Traffic Signals –Types of Signals; Principles of Phasing; Timing Diagram; Design of
Isolated Traffic Signal by Webster method, Warrants for signalization. Signal
Coordination - Signal Coordination methods, Simultaneous, Alternate, Simple progression
and Flexible progression Systems.
UNIT-V
Traffic and Environment:
Detrimental effects of Traffic on Environment, Air pollution; Noise Pollution; Measures
to curtail environmental degradation due to traffic. Sustainable Transportation:
Sustainable modes, Transit Oriented Development, ITS based benefits for Environment.
Text Books:
1. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Kadiyali, L.R., Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi, 2006.
2. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering, Papacostas, C.S., Prentice-Hall,
India.

Reference Books:
1. Transportation Engineering-An Introduction C.Jothi Khisty, Prentie Hall
Publications, 2003.
2. Highway Capacity Manual, Transportation Research Board, USA, 2000.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/105101008/
2. https://www.civil.iitb.ac.in/tvm/nptel/ceTseLn.html.
3. https://www.wsp.com/en-US/services/traffic-engineering-and-road-safety

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-III
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1: To provide basic communication to ensure employability skills.

COB 2: To meet the changing global needs and demands.
COB 3: To orient students towards career and profession.
COB 4: To equip students with fundamental and advanced inputs as various
techniques of strengthening their profession abilities.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Calculate the L.C.M and H.C.F of numbers by simple methods.

CO 2 : Discuss about different numbers and its applications.
CO 3 : Breakdown the typical write-up skills.
CO 4 : Apply different types of models on ratio & proportion, average, ages and
percentages.
CO 5 : Demonstrate the tools of the soft skills.

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K3) 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 - - 3
CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - 3 3 - - - - -
CO 4(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3

CO 1(K3) - - - -
CO 2(K2) - 1 - 2
CO 3(K4) - - - -
CO 4(K3) - - - -
CO 5(K3) - 2 - 3

UNIT-I:
Aptitude: L.C.M & H.C.F,
Soft Skills: Group discussion.
UNIT-II:
Aptitude: Problems On Numbers, Simple Equations
Soft Skills: Resume writing, Personalized Resume preparation, Compose and Prepare a
cover letter.
UNIT-III:
Aptitude: Ratio & proportion
Soft Skills: E-mail -Writing &Etiquette, Business Etiquette.
UNIT-IV:
Aptitude: Average, Ages
Soft Skills: Interviewing skills-1, Do’s & don’ts in an interview, Interview
Demonstration Videos, Interview Preparation.
UNIT-V:
Aptitude: Percentages
Soft Skills: Stress Management, Personal priorities effect on career decisions, Personal
priorities to professional priorities.
Text Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
Reference Books
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
2. www.bankersadda.com

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LAB
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on importance of geology.

COB 2 : To enable the students to know the physical properties of minerals and rocks.
COB 3 : To equip the students with knowledge on measuring secondary geological
structures.
COB 4 : To enrich the students with the knowledge on studying topographical maps.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the basic concepts in interpretation of satellite
imagery for feature identification.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Apply the knowledge of geology in the field of civil engineering.

CO 2 : Explain physical properties of various minerals and rocks.
CO 3 : Interpret geological maps, topographical maps and satellite imagery.
CO 4 : Identify various geological formations.
CO 5 : Distinguish various landforms and rock formations in constructional areas
through field examinations

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 3
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO (K3)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 - - -

1. To identify the physical properties of Rock forming minerals – Quartz group,

Feldspar group, Garnet group, Mica group & Talc, Chlorite
2. To identify the physical properties of Olivine, Kyanite, Asbestos, Tourmaline,
Calcite, Gypsum
3. To identify the physical properties of Ore forming minerals – Magnetite, Hematite,
Pyrite, Pyralusite,Graphite, Chromite
4. To identify the physical properties of Igneous rocks – Types of Granite, Pegmatite,
Gabbro, Dolerite, Syenite,Granite Poryphery, Basalt.
5. To identify the physical properties of Sedimentary rocks – Sand stone, Ferruginous
sand stone, Lime stone, Shale, Laterite, Conglomerate
6. To identify the physical properties of Metamorphic rocks Granite Gneiss, Slate,
Muscovite & Biotite schist, Marble, Khondalite
7. Interpretation of topographical maps and satellite imagery
8. Drawing of cross sections of formations from geological maps showing tilted beds,
faults, unconformities
9. Simple Structural Geology problems
10. Field work – To identify Mineral and Rock deposits, Geomorphology& Structural
Geology of an area
List of Augmented Experiments:

11. Electrical resistivity and seismic survey methods

12. Stratigraphy of India and Andhra Pradesh and borehole data
13. Finding Strike and Dip of geological formations using Brunton Compass
References:
1. Applied Engineering Geology Practicals, M T Mauthesha Reddy, New Age
International Publishers, 2nd Edition
2. Foundations of Engineering Geology, Tony Waltham, Spon Press, 3rd edition,2009
3. Engineering Geology Lab Record, Manual First Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd, First
edition 2017
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105105106/5
2. https://www.slideshare.net/romangantawa/engineering-properties-of-rock
3. https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9780128028339/engineering-properties-of
rocks

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB
V Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enrich with the students the skill of testing the road aggregates.
COB 2 : To equip the students with testing the properties of bitumen.
COB 3 : To familiarise the students with the calculations of spot speed studies.
COB 4 : To impart the students with the knowledge on Marshal mix design.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Characterise the highway aggregates.
CO 2 : Conduct tests on suitability of bitumen.
CO 3 : Identify the parking capacity and use of parking facilities.
CO 4 : Design the marshal stability mix.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - 2 3 - - -
CO2 (K3) 2 1 - - - - - 3 2 - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 - - -
CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO4(K3)

CO1 (K2) 2 2 - 1
CO2 (K3) 2 - - 2
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - 2
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - -
1. To determine the Aggregate crushing value of aggregates
2. To determine the Aggregate impact value of aggregates
3. To determine the Flakiness index and elongation index of aggregates
4. To determine the Deval’s abrasion value of aggregates
5. To determine the Los angles abrasion value of aggregates.
6. To determine the Specific gravity & Water absorption of aggregates.
7. To determine the Penetration value and Softening point of bitumen.
8. To determine the Flash & fire point of bitumen.
9. To determine the Viscosity of bitumen.
10. To determine the Ductility value of bitumen.


11. To determine the spot speed
12. Marshall mix design
13. CBR test for soils
References:
1. Highway Engineering,S.K.Khanna&C.E.G.Justo,Nemchand& Bros., 7th edition,
2000.
2. Highway Engineering,S.P.Bindra,DhanpatRai&Sons, 4th Edition
3. Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning,Dr.L.R.Kadyali, Khanna
publications, 6th Edition
Web Links:
2. https://civilblog.org/2015/09/12/7-lab-tests-on-aggregate-to-check-quality-for-use-
in-road-work/
3. https://www.aboutcivil.org/marshall-stability-test-astm-d6927-06-standard.html
4. https://www.scribd.com/doc/95424960/List-of-Codes-IRC-Pavement-Materials
*****

SURVEYING CAMP
V Semester L T P C
Course Code: 171CE5P03 0 0 0 0
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the student to determine regular and irregular area from field notes.
COB 2 : To develop the student ability to estimate the levels of existing ground and
prepare contour plan.
COB 3 : To equip the students with necessary methods of setting out of simple curves
and methods of contours.
COB 4 : To educate the student to compute earthwork for highway/canal project.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students to gain the knowledge on real time civil works.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Determine areas of regular and irregular fields.
CO 2 : Estimating the levels of existing ground levels.
CO 3 : Develop contour plans from the existing ground levels.
CO 4 : Summarize the plan or map showing the ground features from data obtained
by surveying.
CO 5 : Prepare to work on-site works outside the institution to gain the real time
exposure

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 - - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - - - - -

CO1 (K3) 2 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K2) 1 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -

Surveying camp is to be conducted for a minimum period of three days using any
surveying equipment to train in any two of the following areas.
1. Find the regular area from field survey (minimum of two hectares)
2. Find the irregular area from field survey and compare with any other method of
surveying
3. Establish the benchmarks of different places (leveling)
4. Set out simple circular curve
5. Find the earthwork computations for a highway/canal project
6. Find the horizontal distances and vertical heights of objects
Final evaluation: The nominated committee will evaluate the report submitted by each
batch and the committee will declare the result in the form of satisfied or not satisfied
References:
1. Surveying (Vol No.1, 2 &3) by B.C.Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar
Jain – Laxmi Publications (P)ltd, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Advance Surveying by Satish Gopi, R. Sathi Kumar and N. Madhu, Pearson
Publications, 2006.
3. Plane Surveying by Alak de, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi, 2000.
Web Links:
1. www.civilengineeringx.com/surveying/computation-of-areas-from-field-notes/
2. www.agriinfo.in/default.aspx?page=topic&superid=8&topicid=53
3. https://www.instructables.com/id/How-to-Set-Up-a-Total-Station-to-Conduct-
Surveying
4. https://www.scribd.com/doc/45894889/Unit-4-CURVES
5. https://www.nbmcw.com/...testing/29427-construction-site-earthwork-
calculation.html
*****

DESIGN AND DRAWING OF STEEL STRUCTURES
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on different types of connections
and relevant IS codes.
COB 2 : To impart the knowledge on design concepts of flexural members.
COB 3 : To enable the students to design tension and compression members.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with different types of columns, column bases and
their designs.
COB 5 : To equip the students with the knowledge on design of plate girder and gantry
girder.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the basic requirements of the IS design specifications.
CO 2 : Choose the suitable I.S Rolled Steel Sections for design.
CO 3 : Design of Bolted & Welded connections between the steel members.
CO 4 : Design of Steel members subjected to Flexure, Tension and Compression.
CO 5 : Design of Columns and Base plates subjected to gravity loads.
CO 6 : Design of Gantry Girders and Plate Girders subjected to gravity loads.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K1) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO3 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO6 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO1 (K2) - 1 - 3
CO2 (K1) - - - 3
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO6 (K4) - 3 - 3

UNIT I
Connections:
Introduction - Properties of structural steel - IS Rolled sections - IS. Specifications - Lap
and Butt connections (revited and bolted connections) - Eccentric connections.
Welded connections:
Introduction - Advantages and disadvantages of welding- Strength of welds - Butt and
fillet welds - Permissible stresses - IS Code requirements - Design of Butt and fillet weld
subjected to moment acting in the plane and at right angles to the plane of the joints.
UNIT II
Beams:
Allowable stresses - Design requirements as per IS Code-Design of simple and compound
beams - Curtailment of flange plates - Beam to beam connection - check for deflection,
shear, buckling, and bearing - Design of laterally unsupported beams.
UNIT III
Tension Members:
Introduction to different modes of failures - gross section yielding - Net Section rupture
and block shear failure - Determine the design strength due to yielding of gross section -
rupture of critical section and block shear - Design of tension members.
(Tension Members Subjected to UDL along the Longitudinal Axis.)
Compression Members:
Effective length of columns - Slenderness ratio -permissible stresses - Design procedure of
compression members - Design of built-up sections (Laced and Battened Columns).
UNIT IV
Design of Column Foundations:
Introduction - Design of slab base - Design of gusset base- Column bases subjected to
moment.
UNIT – V
Design of Plate Girder:
Introduction - Design consideration - IS Code recommendations - Design of plate girder -
Welded -curtailment of flange plates and stiffeners - splicing and connections.
Design of Gantry Girder:
Introduction - Impact factors - longitudinal forces- Design of Gantry girders.
NOTE:
Welding Connections should be used from Unit II – Unit V.
The students should prepare the following plates.
Plate 1 Detailing of steel members Connection.
Plate 2 Detailing of simple beams & Compound beams including curtailment of flange
plates.
Plate 3 Detailing of Column including lacing and battens.
Plate 4 Detailing of Column bases, slab base and gusseted base.
Plate 5 Detailing of Plate girder including curtailment, splicing and stiffeners.

Internal Examination Pattern:

The total internal marks (40) are distributed in three components as follows:
1. Descriptive (subjective type) examination : 24 marks
2. Detailing sheets(For above plates) : 10 marks
3. Assignment : 06 marks
Final Examination Pattern:

The end examination paper should consist of Part A and Part B. part A consist of two
questions in Design and Drawing out of which one question is to be answered. Part B
should consist of six questions and design out of which three are to be answered.
Weightage for Part – A is 40% and Part- B is 60%.
Text books:
1. Design of steel structures, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill, and New Delhi, 2010.
2. Design of steel structures, S.S.Bavakatti, I.K.International Publishing House Pvt.
Ltd, 2012.
3. Steel Structures Design and Practice, N.Subramanian, Oxford University Press,
2008
4. Design of Steel Structures, Ramachandra, Scientific Publishers Journals Dept,
2011
I S Code books:
1. IS: 800 – 2007 General construction in steel-Code of practice.
2. IS: 875-1987 Code of Practice for Design Loads.
3. Steel Tables
(These codes and steel tables are permitted to use in the examination).
Reference books:
1. Structural Design in Steel, SarwarAlamRaz, New Age International Publishers,
New Delhi, 2001.
2. Design of Steel Structures, P. Dayaratnam, S. Chand Publishers, 1998.
3. Design of Steel Structures, M.Raghupathi, Tata Mc. Graw-Hill, 1995.
4. Structural Design and Drawing, N. Krishna Raju; University Press, 1992.
Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/161/design-of-steel-structure-dss
3. https://www.slideshare.net/sukhdarshansingh90/steel-structures-25946406
*****

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING-I
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on index properties and
classification of soils.
COB 2 : To enable the students to learn about permeability of soil.
COB 3 : To enrich the students with the knowledge on stress distribution in soil.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on principles of compaction and consolidation of
soil.
COB 5 : To enable the students to learn the shear parameters of soil.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret the various properties related to soil.

CO 2 : Classify the various types of soils.
CO 3 : Determine the permeability of different types of soils.
CO 4 : Calculate vertical stresses due to applied loads
CO 5 : Differentiate the concepts of compaction and consolidation.
CO 6 : Determine the shear strength parameters of different soils.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
z
CO6 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -

CO1 (K2) - 1 - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K4) - 3 - -
CO6 (K3) - 2 - -

UNIT-I
Introduction & Index properties of soils:
Soil formation – soil structure and clay mineralogy – Adsorbed water – Mass–volume
relationship –Laboratory tests for soil properties –Relative density. Grain size analysis –
Sieve and Hydrometer methods – consistency limits and indices – Various Types of soil
Classifications – Unified soil classification and I.S. Soil classification – Engineering
properties of soils- Definitions.
UNIT-II
Permeability:
Soil water – capillary rise – flow of water through soils – Darcy’s law– permeability –
Factors affecting –laboratory determination of coefficient of permeability –Permeability of
layered systems. Total, neutral and effective stresses
UNIT-III
Seepage through Soils:
Seepage through soils –Flow nets: Characteristics and Uses– quick sand condition.
Stress Distribution in Soils:
Stresses induced by applied loads - Boussinesq’s and Westergaard’s theories for point
loads and areas of different shapes–Newmark’s influence chart.
UNIT-IV
Compaction:
Mechanism of compaction – Factors affecting compaction– Effects of compaction on soil
properties – Field compaction Equipment – compaction control.
Consolidation:
Stress history of soil –Compressibility of soils– Spring Analogy –Terzaghi’s one
dimensional consolidation theory–Time rate of consolidation and degree of consolidation
– Determination of coefficient of consolidation –Total settlement.
UNIT-V
Shear strength of soils:
Basic mechanism of shear strength – Mohr – Coulomb failure theories – Shear strength
determination – Strength tests based on drainage conditions – Shear strength of sands –
Critical Void Ratio – Stress-Strain behaviour of clays – Liquefaction.
Text books:
1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao, New Age
2. A Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, K.R.Arora, Standard
Publishers & Distributors, 2011.
3. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, V.N.S. Murthy, CBS Publishers,
2009.

Reference books:
1. A Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundations, B.C.Punmia, Laxmi
Publications, 2005.
2. Foundation Analysis & Design, Bowles& J.E., McGraw- Hill, 1997.
Web Links:
3. https://easyengineering.net/geotechnical-engineering-soil-mechanics/
*****

WATER RESOURCE ENGINEERING-II
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enrich the students with the fundamental concepts of irrigation and
diversion head works
COB 2 : To equip the students with the knowledge on design of canals and design
principles of canal structures.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on canal regulation and cross drainage works.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with the basic concepts of reservoir planning and
design criteria of gravity dams.
COB 5 : To enable the students with the knowledge on various design concepts of
earthen dams and spillways.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Classify the various irrigation systems and diversion head works.
CO 2 : Design the canal and canal structures.
CO 3 : Illustrate the various design considerations of canal regulation and cross
drainage works.
CO 4 : Analyze the reservoir planning characteristics and design aspects of gravity
dams
CO 5 : Examine the design particulars of earthen dams and spillways.
PO 1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO 10 PO11 PO12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - 2 3
CO2(K5) - - 3 - - - - - - - 1 -
CO3(K3) 3 - 1 - - - 3 - - - 3 -
CO4(K4) 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5(K4) 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - -
z
CO / PSO PSO 1(K4) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - -

UNIT –I
Irrigation:
Types of irrigation systems - soil moisture constants - irrigation water requirements -
consumptive use and its estimation - duty and delta – factors affecting - depth and
frequency of irrigation - irrigation efficiencies.
Diversion Head Works:
Types of diversion head works - weirs and barrages - layout of diversion head works -
components. causes and failures of weirs on permeable foundations - Bligh’s creep theory
- Khosla’s theory - design of impervious floors for subsurface flow – exit gradient.
UNIT-II
Canals:
Classification, design of non-erodible canals - methods of economic section and maximum
permissible velocity - design of erodible canals -Kennedy’s silt theory and Lacey’s regime
theory - balancing depth of cutting.
Canal Structures:
Falls: Types and location - design principles of Sarada type fall and straight glacis fall.
UNIT-III
Canal Regulation and Cross Drainage works:
Head and cross regulators - design principles - Types and selection of cross drainage works
- design principles of aqueduct - siphon aqueduct and super passage - canal outlets-types -
proportionality - sensitivity and flexibility.
UNIT-IV
Reservoir Planning and Dams:
Investigations - site selection for reservoir and dams - zones of storage - yield and storage
capacity of reservoir - reservoir sedimentation - types of dams -
Earth Dams:
Types, causes of failure - criteria for safe design - seepage - measures for control of
seepage-filters - stability analysis-stability of downstream slope during steady seepage and
upstream slope during sudden drawdown conditions.
UNIT-V
Gravity dams:
Forces acting on a gravity dam - causes of failure of a gravity dam - elementary and
practical profile of a gravity dam - limiting height of a dam - stability analysis - drainage
galleries - grouting.
Spillways:
Types - design principles of Ogee spillways - types of spillway crest gates - energy
dissipation below spillways - stilling basin and its appurtenances - tail water rating curves.

Text Books:
1. Irrigation engineering and hydraulic structures, S.K Garg, 24th Edition, Khanna
publishers, 2012.
2. Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering, K.R.Arora, 3rd Edition,
Standard Publishers Distributors, 2010.
3. Irrigation Engineering, R.K. Sharma and T.K. Sharma, S. Chand Publishers, 2007.
4. Irrigation & Water Power Engineering, B.C.Punmia, B.B.L. Pande, Ashok K.R.
Jain, Arun.K.R. Jain, 16thEdition, LaxmiPublications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering, G.L.Asawa, New Age International
Publishers, 2005.
2. Concrete dams, Varshney.R.S., 2ndEdition, Oxford andIBH Pub.Co.in, New Delhi,
1982.
3. Theory and Design of Hydraulic structures, Varshney R.S., S. C. Gupta & R.L.
Gupta, 2ndEdition, Nemchand and Brothers, 1992.
Web Links:
2. https://engineering.tamu.edu/
3. http://libguides.wits.ac.za/c.php?g=145314&p=952933
*****

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to illustrate the behaviour of prestressed concrete.

COB 2 : To equip the student with the knowledge on different losses in prestress.
COB 3 : To make the students to perform the analysis and design of prestressed
concrete flexural members.
COB 4 : To enable the students to evaluate deflection and crack control of prestressed
concrete members.
COB 5 : To impart knowledge on transfer of stress in prestressed concrete.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain methods of prestressed concrete.

CO 2 : Calculate various losses in prestressed concrete sections.
CO 3 : Analyse the members for flexure, shear and torsion.
CO 4 : Design prestressed concrete members for deflection and crack control
CO 5 : Design of end blocks for post tensioned members.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - 2 - - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - 3 - - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - 3 - - - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - - 3 - - - -

CO1 (K2) - - - 2
CO2 (K3) - - - 3
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K3) - 2 - 3
UNIT – I
Basic concepts of Prestressing:
Basic concepts of Prestressing – Advantages and Applications of Prestressed Concretes –
High Strength Concrete – Permissible Stresses – Shrinkage – Creep – Deformation
Characteristics – High strength Steel – Types – Strength – Permissible Stresses –
Relaxation of Stress – Stress Corrosion – Durability – Fire Resistance – Cover
Requirements.

Prestressing Systems:
Introduction – Tensioning devices – Pre-tensioning Systems – Post tensioning Systems –
Basic Assumptions in Analysis of prestress and design – Analysis of prestress – Resultant
Stresses at a section – pressure line – Concepts of load balancing – Stresses in Tendons –
Cracking moment.
UNIT – II
Losses of Pre-stressing:
Losses of Pre-stressing – Loss of Pre-stress in pre-tensioned and post tensioned members
– Elastic shortening of concrete – shrinkage of concrete – creep of concrete – Relaxation
of steel – slip in anchorage – differential shrinkage – bending of members and frictional
losses – Total losses allowed for design.
UNIT – III
Deflections and Flexure Strength:
Importance of control of deflections – Factors influencing – Prediction of short term and
long term deflections – Types of flexural failure – Code procedures – Design of sections
for flexure.
UNIT – IV
Design for Shear and Torsion
Shear and Principal Stresses – Design of Shear reinforcements – Codal Provisions –
Design for Torsion – Design for Combined bending, shear and torsion.
UNIT – V
Transfer of Stresses: Transfer of Prestress in pre tensioned members – Transmission
length – Bond stresses – end zone reinforcement – Codal provisions – Anchorage zone
Stresses in Post tensioned members – Stress distribution in end block – Anchorage Zone
reinforcement.
Text books:
1. Prestressed Concrete, Krishna Raju N, Tata Mc.Graw Hill Publications, 6th
Edition, 2018.
2. Prestressed Concrete, Rajagopalan. N,Narosa publications, 2nd Edition, 2006.
3. Prestressed concrete, srikanth, B. Vanakudu, Khanna Publications, 2018.
Reference books:
1. Prestressed Concrete, Ramamrutham S, Publications, 5th Edition, 2013
Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, Lin T.Y. & Ned H. Burns, John Wiley
2. & Sons, 3rd Edition, 2004.
IS Code Books:
1. IS1343-2012, Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete.
2. IS1343-1980, Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete.

Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/245/prestressed-concrete-structures-pcs
*****

GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the student with the importance and scarcity of ground water.
COB 2 : To enrich the student with the knowledge on flow towards wells in confined
and unconfined aquifers.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on various recharge techniques and various
geophysical approaches for groundwater exploration.
COB 4 : To enable the student to know the importance of saline water intrusion in
coastal aquifers.
COB 5 : To enable the students well-acquainted on basic of groundwater modelling.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret aquifer parameters and yield of wells.
CO 2 : Analyze radial flow towards wells in confined and unconfined aquifers.
CO 3 : Explain water well designs and the construction practices.
CO 4 : Illustrate geophysical exploration data as a scientific source in finding of
aquifers
CO 5 : Experiment with the process of artificial recharge for increasing groundwater
potential for different topographic areas.
CO 6 : Analyze effective measures for controlling saline water intrusion.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - - -
CO6 (K4) 3 - - -

UNIT I:
Introduction to groundwater:
Hydrological cycle, groundwater occurrence, aquifer parameters and their determination,
general groundwater flow equation. Well Hydraulics Steady radial flow and unsteady
radial flow to a well in confined and unconfined aquifers, Theis solution, Jocob and
Chow’s methods, Leaky aquifers.
UNIT II:
Well Design and Well Development:
Water well design, well diameter, well depth, well screen-screen length, slot size, screen
diameter and screen selection, design of collector wells, infiltration gallery.Well
Construction and Development Water wells, drilling methods-rotary drilling, percussion
drilling, well construction-installation of well screens-pull-back method, open- hole, bail-
down and wash-down methods, well development-mechanical surging using compressed
air, high velocity jetting of water, over pumping and back washing, well completion, well
disinfection, well maintenance.
UNIT III:
Artificial recharge of Groundwater:
Artificial Recharge Concept of artificial recharge of groundwater, rechargemethods-
basin,stream-channel, ditch and furrow, flooding and recharge well methods, recharge
mounds and induced recharge.
Saline Water Intrusion:
Occurrence of saline water intrusion, Ghyben- Herzberg relation, Shape of interface,
control of saline water intrusion.
UNIT IV:
Groundwater Exploration:
Geophysics Surface methods of exploration of groundwater – Electrical resistivity and
Seismic refraction methods, Sub-surface methods – Geophysical logging and resistivity
logging. Remote sensing and Aerial Photogrammetry applications.
UNIT V:
Groundwater Modelling and Management:
Basic principles of groundwater modelling- Analog models-viscous fluid models and
membrane models, digital models-Finite difference and finite element models, Concepts
of groundwater management, basin management by conjunctive use-case studies.
Text books:
1. Groundwater, Raghunath H M, New Age International Publishers, 2005.
2. Groundwater Hydrology, Todd D.K., Wiley India Pvt Ltd., 2014.
3. Groundwater Hydrology, Todd D K and L W Mays, CBS Publications, 2005.
Reference books:
1. Groundwater Assessment and Management, Karanth K R, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., 1987.
2. Groundwater Hydrology, Bouwer H, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1978.
3. Groundwater Systems Planning and Management, Willis R and W.W.G. Yeh,
Prentice Hall Inc., 1986.

4. Groundwater Resources Evaluation by Walton W C, Mc Graw Hill Book

Company, 1978.
Web Links:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/civil-and-environmental-engineering/1-72
groundwater-hydrology-fall-2005/lecture-notes/
3. https://www.southalabama.edu/geology
*****

PAVEMENT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on various factors affecting
pavement design.
COB 2 : To make the students well-acquainted on the basic concepts of flexible and
rigid pavements.
COB 3 : To impart knowledge on concepts of mix design and material characterization.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with design principles of flexible and rigid
pavements.
COB 5 : To enable the students to know the design principles of shoulders – overlays
and drainage.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the principles and concepts in pavement design.

CO 2 : Determine the stresses in pavements.
CO 3 : Calculate the bituminous mixes.
CO 4 : Design the flexible and rigid pavements using various methods
CO 5 : Explain the shoulders, overlays and drainage thickness and width
considerations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K5) - - - 3 - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K3) 3 - - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - - - - - - 3 - 3 -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 2 -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K5) - - - -
CO3 (K3) 2 - - -
CO4 (K4) 3 - - -
CO5 (K2) 1 - - -

UNIT I
Material Characterization:
Soil – aggregate and bitumen – tests on aggregates – aggregate properties – tests on
bitumen – Marshall’s method of bituminous mix design – stiffness modulus and fatigue
performance of bitumen mix.
UNIT II
Parameters for Pavement Analysis:
Elastic modulus – Poisson’s ratio – wheel load – wheel configuration – tyre Pressure –
contact pressure material characteristics – climatic factors.
UNIT III
Design of Flexible Pavements:
Flexible Pavement Design Concepts – Layered Systems Concepts – AASHTO method of
flexible pavement design stresses in flexible pavement – layered systems concept – one
layer system – Bossiness two layer system.
UNIT IV
Design of Rigid Pavements:
IRC method of rigid pavement design – importance of joints in rigid pavements types of
joints – use of tie bars and dowel bars. Stresses in rigid pavements – relative stiffness of
slab – modulus of sub-grade reaction – stresses due to warping – stresses due to loads –
stresses due to friction.
UNIT V
Highway Maintenance:
Need for highway maintenance- pavement failures- failures in flexible pavements types
and causes – rigid pavement failures- types and causes – pavement evaluation Benkelman
beam method – strengthening of existing pavements – overlays.
Text books:
1. Highway Engineering, S.K.Khanna & C.J.Justo, Nemchand & Bros, 2017.
2. Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering, Dr.L.R.Kadiyali & Dr.N.B.Lal,
Khanna publishers, 2017
3. Pavement Analysis and Design, Huang, Pearson publishers, 2007.
Reference books:
1. Principles of Transportation Engineering, Patha Chakroborty and Animesh Das, PHI
Learning Private Limited, Delhi, 2015.
2. Concrete Pavements, A.F. Stock, Elsevier, Applied Science Publishers, 2000.
3. Yoder and Witczak, Principles of pavement design¸ John Wiley and sons, 1975.
4. Yang, Design of functional pavements, Mc Graw Hill, 2004.

IS Code Books:
1. IRC 37:2012 & 58:2015 Codes for Flexible and Rigid Pavements Design.
2. IRC: SP 72: 2015 & 62:2014 Codes for Design of Low volume Flexible and Rigid
Pavements.
3. IRC 101: 2015 Code for design of Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavements.
Web Links:
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/285589489_Stresses_in_Pavement_Struc
ture_and_Pressure_Bulb

REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the students with various types of deteriorations and need for
rehabilitation.
COB 2 : To create awareness in damage assessment of various types of deteriorations.
COB 3 : To produce Civil Engineering students to have strong foundation in non-
destructive testing and rehabilitation methods.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Identify and evaluate the degree of damage in structures..

CO 2 : Select and suggest suitable retrofitting methods.
CO / PO (K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 2 2 2 2 - - 1 1 - - 1 -
CO2 (K3) 2 2 2 - 1 - 1 1 - - 1 -

CO1 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO2 (K3) 2 2 - 3
UNIT – I
Introduction
Deterioration of structures with aging –Need for rehabilitation
UNIT - II
Distress in concrete and steel structures:
Types of damages–Sources or causes for damages–Effects of damages–Case studies non-
destructive evaluation–Importance–Concrete behaviour under corrosion–Disintegrated
mechanisms–Moisture effects and thermal effects.
UNIT - III
Damage assessment and evaluation models:
Damage testing methods–Non-Destructive testing methods–Visual investigation
acoustical emission methods–Corrosion activity measurement–Chloride content –Depth of
carbonation–Impact echo methods–Ultrasound pulse velocity methods pull out tests.

UNIT - IV
Rehabilitation methods:
Grouting –Detailing –Imbalance of structural stability –Case studies. strengthening and
stabilization –Techniques –Design considerations –Beam shear capacity strengthening –
Shear transfer strengthening stress reduction techniques –Column strengthening –
Flexural strengthening –Connection stabilization and strengthening.
Methods of repair:
Shotcrete –Guniting –Epoxy-cement mortar injection –Crack ceiling –Various
applications.
UNIT - V
Seismic retrofitting of reinforced concrete buildings:
Introduction –Considerations in retrofitting of structures –Source of weakness in RC
frame building –Structural damage due to discontinuous load path –Structural damage
due to lack of deformation –Quality of workmanship and materials –Classification of
retrofitting techniques –Retrofitting strategies for RC buildings –Structural level (global)
retrofit methods –Member level (local) retrofit methods –Comparative analysis of
methods of retrofitting.
Text books:
1. Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress by R.N.Raikar, Published by R&D
Centre of Structwel Designers & Consultants Pvt.Ltd., Mumbai, 1994.
2. Handbook on Repair and Rehabilitation of RCC buildings, Published by CPWD,
Delhi, 2002 (freely available through Internet).
3. Earthquake resistant design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish
Shrikhande, Prentice-Hall of India, 2006.
Reference books:
1. Concrete technology- Neville & Brooks.
2. Special Structural concrete- Rafat Siddique.
3. Concrete repair and maintenance illustrated- Peter H Emmons.
4. Concrete technology-M S Shetty.
5. Repair and protection of concrete structures by Noel P.Mailvaganam, CRC press
London.
6. Concrete repair and maintenance Illustrated by Peter.H.Emmons, Galgotia
publishers.
7. Failures and repair of concrete structures by S.Champion, John wiley and sons.
8. Handbook on seismic retrofit of buildings, Narosa Publishing House.
Web Links:
1. https://www.google.com/search?q=repair+and+rehabilitation+of+structures+lectur
e+notes+nptel&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwjHkrv53TeAhUKbysKHZUHBRkQ1QIoAn
oECAUQAw&biw=1536&bih=674
2. http://www.indianconcreteinstitute.org/repair-and-rehabilitation.html
*****

GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - III)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to acquaint with the concepts behind a range of Ground
Improvement Techniques.
COB 2 : To equip the students with the necessary skills of implementation of
geotechnical knowledge in field situations.
COB 3 : To interpret design principles of reinforced soil walls.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students about the grouting techniques with respect to field
conditions.
COB 5 : To impart the knowledge on reinforcement to soils in the form of geo textiles
and other synthetic materials.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret the concepts behind a range of ground improvement and soil

remediation techniques.
CO 2 : Illustrate the appropriate techniques for a range of ground and site conditions.
CO 3 : Identify the techniques for stabilization of soils with different materials.
CO 4 : Classify different types of grouts, their properties and application
CO 5 : Make use of different geo synthetics in field applications.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 - -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO2 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO4 (K4) 3 3 1 3
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - 3

UNIT I
In Situ Densification Methods and Dewatering:
In situ densification of granular soils- vibration at ground surface and at depth - impact at
ground and at depth - in situ densification of cohesive soils - pre loading - vertical drains -
sand drains and geo drains - stone columns.
Dewatering:
Sumps and interceptor ditches - single and multi stage well points - vacuum well points -
horizontal wells - criteria for choice of filler material around drains - electro osmosis
UNIT II
Stabilization of soils:
Methods of soil stabilization - mechanical - cement - lime-bitumen and polymer
stabilization - use of industrial wastes like fly ash and granulated blast furnace slag.
UNIT III
Reinforced Earth Technology:
Concept of soil reinforcement - Reinforcing materials - Backfill criteria - Design of
reinforcement for internal stability - Applications of Reinforced earth structures.
UNIT IV
Grouting Techniques:
Types of grouts - grouting equipment and machinery - injection methods - grout
monitoring, stabilization with cement - lime and chemicals - stabilization of expansive
soils.
UNIT V
Geosynthetics:
Introduction - type of geosynthetics - Geotextiles - types - functions - properties and
applications - geogrids - geomembranes and gabions - properties and applications.
Text Books:
1. Ground Improvement techniques by Purushothama Raj Laxmi Publications,1st Ed,
New Delhi, 1999
2. Engineering Principles of Ground Modification by Haussmann M.R. McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1992.
3. An Introduction to Ground Improvement Engineering by Mittal.S, Medtech
Publisher, 2013.
Reference Books:
1. Ground Improvement by Moseley M.P, 1st Ed., Blackie Academic and
Professional, Boca Taton, Florida, USA, 1993
2. Ground Control and Improvement by Xanthakos P.P, Abramson, L.W and Brucwe,
D.A, John Wiley and Sons, New York, USA, 1994.
3. Designing with Geosynthetics by Robert M. Koerner,Prentice Hall New Jercy,
USA, 2012

Web Links:
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/228/ground-improvement-techniques
3. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com
4. https://civilazmaterial.wordpress.com/
1. https://www.smartzworld.com/notes/
*****

FINITE ELEMENT METHOD

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to know the basic principles of finite element methods.
COB 2 : To make the students to develop proficiency in the application of the finite
element methods.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on analysis of two dimensional
problems.
COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge on the continuum.
COB 5 : To impart the students with the knowledge on developing numerical solution.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Summarize the direct and formal methods for deriving finite element
equations.
CO 2 : Solve engineering problems in truss elements using FEM.
CO 3 : Apply FEM for analysis of beam and frame elements.
CO 4 : Explain the principles of stress-strain behaviour of continuum
CO 5 : Discuss the role and significance of shape functions in finite element
formulations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2(K3) 3 2 - 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO3(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -
CO4(K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO1(K2) - - - -
CO2(K3) - 2 - -
CO3(K3) - 2 - -
CO4(K4) - - 1 3
CO5(K2) - - - 2

UNIT-I:
Introduction:
Review of stiffness method- Principle of Stationary potential energy -Potential energy
of an elastic body- Rayleigh-Ritz method of functional approximation - variational
approaches-weighted residual methods.
UNIT-II:
Finite Element formulation of Truss Element:
Stiffness matrix- properties of stiffness matrix – Selection of approximate
displacement functions-solution of a plane truss- transformation matrix and stiffness
matrix for a 3-D truss- Inclined and skewed supports- Galerkin’s method for1-Dtruss–
Computation of stress in a truss element.
UNIT –III:
Finite Element formulation of Beam Elements:
Beam stiffness-assemblage of beam stiffness matrix- Examples of beam analysis for
concentrated and distributed loading- Galerkin’s method - 2-D Arbitrarily oriented
beam element – inclined and skewed supports – rigid plane frame examples
UNIT-IV:
Plane Stress and Plane Strain Analysis:
Derivation of CST and LST stiffness matrix and equations-treatment of body and
surface forces-Finite Element solution for plane stress & strains- comparison of CST
and LST elements–convergence of solution-interpretation of stresses
UNIT-V:
Isoparametric Elements & Numerical Integration:
Introduction - Isoparametric formulation - Higher order elements - Derivation of shape
functions for a four noded quadrilateral element using natural coordinates - strain
displacement matrix - stress-strain relationship matrix - stiffness matrix for isoparametric
element - Numerical Integration - Gauss quadrature method for rectangular elements.
Text books:
1. Finite element Analysis in Engineering, S.Md.Jalaludeen, Anuradha publications,
2016.
2. Finite Element Analysis, S.S.Bhavakatti, New age international publishers, 2015.
3. The Finite Element Methods in Engineering, SS Rao, Pergamon, 2013.
Reference books:
1. An introduction to Finite Element Method, JN Reddy, McGraw-Hill, 2017.
2. Finite Element Method with applications in Engineering, YM Desai, Eldho &
Shah, Pearson publishers.
Web Links:
****

EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - III)
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to know the causes and effects of earth quake.
COB 2 : To facilitate the students to analyze the basic concepts of structural dynamics.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on application of single degree and multi-degree of
freedom systems.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with various codal provisions for common
irregularities in earthquake resistant design.
COB 5 : To equip the students with the knowledge on designing of earthquake-resistant
structures and shear walls.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain earthquake causes and its effects.
CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic concepts of structural dynamics.
CO 3 : Utilize the concepts of single degree and multi-degree of freedom systems.
CO 4 : Apply current codal provisions for designing of earthquake resistant structures
CO 5 : Design of earthquake resistant structures and behavior of shear walls.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO1 (K2) - 1 - 2
CO2 (K2) - 1 - 2
CO3 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO4 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO5 (K2) - 1 - 1

UNIT I
Earthquake Engineering:
Engineering Seismology – Earthquake phenomenon – Causes and effects of earthquakes –
Faults – Structure of earth – Plate Tectonics – Elastic Rebound Theory – Earthquake
Terminology – Source, Focus, Epicenter - Earthquake size – Magnitude and intensity of
earthquakes – Classification of earthquakes – Seismic waves – Seismic zones – Seismic
Zoning Map of India – Seismograms and Accelerograms.
UNIT II
Introduction to Structural Dynamics:
Theory of vibrations – Single Degree of Freedom (SDOF) Systems – Formulation of
equations of motion – Undamped and damped free vibration – Damping – Response to
harmonic excitation – Concept of response spectrum.
UNIT III
Multi-Degree of Freedom (MDOF) Systems:
Formulation of equations of motion – Free vibration – Determination of natural
frequencies of vibration and mode shapes – Orthogonal properties of normal modes –
Mode superposition method of obtaining response – Rigid base excitation – Formulation
of equations of motion for SDOF.
UNIT IV
Codal Design Provisions:
Review of the latest Indian seismic code IS:1893 – 2002 (Part-I) provisions for buildings –
Earthquake design philosophy – Assumptions – Design by seismic coefficient and
response spectrum methods – Displacements and drift requirements – Provisions for
torsion.
Ductility:
Codal Detailing Provisions for Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of
RCC buildings – Impact of ductility – Requirements for ductility – Assessment of
ductility– Member/element ductility – Structural ductility – Factor affecting ductility –
Ductility factors – Ductility considerations as per IS13920 – Review of the latest Indian
Seismic codes IS: 4326 and IS:13920 provisions for ductile detailing of R.C buildings –
Beam, column and joints.
UNIT – V
Aseismic Planning:
Plan Configurations – Torsion Irregularities – Re-entrant corners – Non-parallel systems –
Diaphragm Discontinuity – Vertical Discontinuities in load path – Irregularity in strength
and stiffness – Mass Irregularities –Vertical Geometric Irregularity – Proximity of
Adjacent Buildings.
Shear walls:
Design of Shear walls as per IS: 13920 – Detailing of reinforcements.
Case Studies on earthquakes.

Text books:
1. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Pankaj Agarwal& Manish Shrikhande,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, S.K.Duggal, Oxford University press,
2013.
3. Dynamics of Structures, A.K.Chopra – Pearson Education, Indian Branch, Delhi,
2012.
Reference books:
1. Dynamics of Structures, Clough &Penzien, McGraw Hill – International Edition,
1993.
2. Easrthquake Tips, C.V.R.Murty, I.I.T. Kanpur, ACECON 2005.
IS Code Books:
1. IS-875:1987, Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other Than Earthquake Loads).
2. IS-1893:2016, Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures.
3. IS-4326:2013, Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings.
4. IS-13920:2016, Ductile Design And Detailing Of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Subjected To Seismic Forces
Web Links:
3. https://www.slideshare.net/mvm2594/earthquake-resistant-designs-12158375
*****

EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-IV
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students to utilize the emerging trends in learning.
COB 2 : To equip the students with critical analytical, conceptual and other skills.
COB 3 : To enable students to work in different professions-teaching, software,
research, administration, etc.
COB 4 : To provide skills fit for job and fit for life and make them experts in their
respective area of study.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Find profit and loss, simple and compound interest for different models.
CO 2 : Identify leadership and make use of group dynamic skills.
Calculate solutions for time and work, time and distance and data
CO 3 : interpretation.
CO 4 : Define and focus on Interview skills.

(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K1) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 - - - 3
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3
CO 4(K1) 1 1 - - - 1 2 - - - - -

CO 1(K1) - - - 1
CO 2(K2) - - - 2
CO 3(K3) - 2 - -
CO 4(K1) - - - 1

UNIT-I:
Aptitude: Profit And Loss
Soft Skills: Group discussion -2, Importance-Definition-Objective-Types-Skills
Developed-Myths- Do's And Don’ts-Parameters of Evaluation- Process.
UNIT-II:
Aptitude: Simple Interest and Compound Interest.
Soft Skills: Speech- Debate -JAM -Importance -Do’s & Don’ts.
UNIT-III:
Aptitude: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns.
Soft Skills: Voice and Accent, Voice modulation, Phonetic training-Neutral Accent
Practice.
UNIT-IV:
Aptitude: Time and Distance, Trains, Boats and Streams.
Soft Skills: Leadership & Social Influence, flexibility, Group Dynamics.
UNIT-V:
Aptitude: Data Interpretation.
Soft Skills: Interview Skills-2, Mock Interviews, Evaluation-Feedback.
Text Books:
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.
Reference Books
1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.
2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.
3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.
Web Links
1. www.indiabix.com
2. www.bankersadda.com

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the students with the physical properties like water content,
specific gravity.
COB 2 : To impart knowledge on the concepts of index properties and gradation
analysis required for classification of soils.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on engineering properties.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the physical properties of various soils.

CO 2 : Classify the various types of soils.
CO 3 : Determine the engineering properties of soils.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
z
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -

CO1 (K2) - 1 - -
CO2 (K2) - 1 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
1. To determine the water content by oven drying method and specific gravity of soil
by using pycnometer.
2. To determine the Atterberg limits.
3. To determine the Gradation analysis by Sieve analysis.
4. To determine the field unit weight by a) Core cutter method b) Sand Replacement
method.
5. To determine the permeability by Constant head method.
6. To determine the permeability by Variable head method.
7. To determine the maximum dry density by standard proctor test.
8. To determine the California bearing ratio by CBR test.
9. To determine the shear parameters by Direct Shear test and Vane Shear Test.
10. To determine the shear parameters by Triaxial Compression test.


(Any two experiments to be conducted from the following)
11. To determine the Gradation analysis by Hydrometer analysis.
12. To determine the maximum dry density by Modified proctor test.
13. To determine the Consolidation of the soil.
Reference books:
1. A Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, K. R. Arora,
Standard Publishers & Distributors, 2011.
2. Determination of Soil Properties, J. E. Bowles, McGraw Hill Book Company,
1971.
3. Departmental Lab Manual.
Web Links:
*****

IRRIGATION DESIGN AND DRAWING
VI Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on different types of hydraulic
structures in minor and major irrigation systems and their functions..
COB 2 : To enable the students to know about the design concepts of irrigation
structures.
COB 3 : To familiarize the students with drawings of various Irrigation structures.
COB 4 : To make the students to know the critical points in design of a major irrigation
systems.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Design and draw diversion head works surplus weir and Tank sluice with
tower head.
CO 2 : Design and draw canal drop with notch type.
CO 3 : Design and draw canal regulator.
CO 4 : Design and draw under tunnel
CO 5 : Design and draw syphon aqueduct type-III.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) - - 2 - - 3 - 3 - - 3 -
CO2 (K4) - - 2 - - 3 - 3 - - 3 -
CO3 (K4) - - 2 - - 3 - 3 - - 3 -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - 3 - 3 - - 3 -
CO5 (K4) - - 2 - - 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO1 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO2 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K4) - 3 - 3
Design and Drawing of:

1. Surplus weir.
2. Tank sluice with a tower head
3. Canal drop – Notch type.
4. Canal regulator
5. Under tunnel
6. Syphon aqueduct Type III

Final Exam Pattern: Any two questions of the above six designs may be given, out of
which the candidate has to answer one question. The duration of the examination is three
hours.
Text books:
1. Water resources engineering –principles and practice, C. Satyanarayana Murthy,
New Age International publishers,, 2nd Edition 2017.
2. Irrigation, water power and water resources Engineering, Dr. K.R. Arora,
References:
1. Irrigation engineering and Hydraulic structures , S.K. Garg, Khanna
Publishers,1987
2. Irrigation and water power engineering, B.C.Punmia& Lal, Laxmi publications
pvt.Ltd, 16 th Edition 2009
Web Links:
1. http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/water/water-engineering/design-principles-for-
aqueduct-and-siphon-aqueduct/61271
2. https://www.slideshare.net/ilavamsikrishna/surplus-weir-when-flood-discharge-
known
3. https://www.slideshare.net/gauravhtandon1/canal-regulation-cross-drainage-works
*****

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING-II
VII Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the student with the knowledge on soil exploration methods.
COB 2 : To make the student to learn about the earth pressure theories.
COB 3 : To familiarize the students with the concepts of stability analysis.
COB 4 : To enable the student to study the design principles of shallow foundations.
COB 5 : To impart the knowledge on behaviour of pile foundations and the principles
of well foundations.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Illustrate the phenomenon of soil exploration.
CO 2 : Solve the problems related to concept of earth-retaining structures.
CO 3 : Demonstrate the concepts of stability analysis.
CO 4 : Determine the allowable bearing pressure and dimensions of the footings.
CO 5 : Explain the load carrying capacity of pile sand design principles of well
foundations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - 3 -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - 2 -
z

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO5 (K2) - 1 - -
UNIT I
Soil Exploration:
Need – Methods of soil exploration – Boring and Sampling methods – Field tests –
Penetration tests – Pressure meter – Planning of program and preparation of soil
investigation report.

UNIT II
Earth Pressures & Retaining Walls:
Introduction– Effect of wall movement on Earth Pressure –Earth Pressure at rest–
Rankine's theory of Earth pressure– Coulomb's theory of earth pressure– Culmann's
graphical method for active earth pressure– Types of retaining walls– Selection of backfill
and placement condition – Drainage in retaining walls– Design considerations for
retaining walls.
UNIT III
Stability of Slopes:
Introduction – Infinite slopes and translational slides–Definitions of factor of safety –
Finite slopes – Forms of slip surface –Total stress and Effective stress methods of analysis
–φu=0 Analysis (Total Stress Analysis) – c-φ Analysis – Method of slices – Location of
most Critical Circle – Stability of Earth Dam Slopes – Friction Circle Method – Taylor's
Stability Number.
UNITIV
Shallow Foundations – Bearing Capacity Criteria:
Types of foundations and factors to be considered in their location – Bearing capacity –
factors influencing bearing capacity – analytical methods to determine bearing capacity –
Terzaghi’s theory –IS Methods.
Shallow Foundations – Settlement Criteria:
Safe bearing pressure based on N-value – Allowable bearing pressure – Safe bearing
capacity and settlement from plate load test – Types of foundation settlements and their
determination – Allowable settlements of structures.
UNIT V
Pile Foundations:
Types of piles – Load carrying capacity of piles based on static pile formulae – Dynamic
pile formulae– Pile capacity based on empirical relations –Pile load tests – Load carrying
capacity of pile groups in sands and clays – Settlement of pile groups.
Well Foundations:
Types – Different shapes of well – Components of well – Functions – Forces acting on
well foundations – Construction and Sinking of wells – Tilt and shift.
Text books:
1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R.Rao, New Age
2. A Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by K.R.Arora,
Standard Publishers & Distributors, 2011.
3. Principles of Foundation Engineering, Das B.M., 6th Edition (Indian Edition),
2011.
Reference books:
1. A Text book of Soil Mechanics and Foundations B.C.Punmia, Laxmi Publications,
2005.
2. Foundation Analysis & Design by Bowles & J.E, McGraw- Hill, 1995.

Web Links:
*****

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enlighten the importance of protected water supply planning and design for
a city.
COB 2 : To impart basic knowledge on treatment and distribution of potable water to
public.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the concepts of design of sewerage systems.
COB 4 : To enable the students toupdate their knowledge on methods of treatment of
sewage.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the concepts of sludge management and
recycling of treated water.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Apply basic principles of water supply in designing of protected water for a

city.
CO 2 : Illustrate various treatment methods based on characteristics of raw water.
CO 3 : Interpret different treatment technologies of wastewater based on
characteristics of sewage.
CO 4 : Select an appropriate secondary and tertiary treatment method of sewage.
CO 5 : Demonstrate the concepts of sludge management and its disposal methods.
CO 6 : Choose the method of recycling of treated water

CO/PO
(K3 ) (K4 ) (K5 ) (K5 ) (K3 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K1 )
CO1 (K3 ) 3 - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO2 (K3 ) 3 - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO3 (K3 ) 3 - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 - 2 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO5 (K3 ) 3 - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO6 (K3) 3 - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
z

CO1 (K3) - 2 - -
CO2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO3 (K3) - 2 - -
CO4 (K4) - 3 - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
CO 6 (K3) - 2 - -

UNIT I
Introduction to protected water supply system:
Importance and Necessity of Protected Water Supply systems, Water borne diseases, Flow
chart of public water supply system, Estimation of water demand for a town or city, Per
capita Demand and factors influencing it - Types of water demands and its variations
factors affecting water demand, Design Period, population forecast, Sources of water,
Intakes, conveyance of raw water.
UNIT II
Raw water treatment and Distribution:
Raw water quality and characteristics, I.S. Drinking water quality standards - 2012 and
WHO guidelines for drinking water, Flowchart of water treatment plant, Treatment
methods,
Theory and Design of Sedimentation, Coagulation, Filtration, Theory of disinfection,
Chlorination and other Disinfection methods, Methods of Distribution system, Layouts of
Distribution networks, Analysis of Distribution networks, Components of Distribution
system, Laying and testing of pipe lines.
UNIT III
Sewage characteristics and treatment methods:
Systems of sanitation, relative merits & demerits, collection and conveyance of waste
water, Classification of sewerage systems, Estimation of sewage flow and storm water
drainage, fluctuations, Types of sewers, Hydraulics of sewers and storm drains, Design of
sewers, appurtenances in sewerage, Types of pumps and their suitability with regard to
wastewaters, Sampling of wastewater, Physical, Chemical and Biological Examination of
sewage, Primary treatment, Screens, grit chambers, Floatation, design of preliminary and
primary treatment units.
UNIT IV
Secondary and Tertiary treatment methods:
Aerobic and anaerobic treatment process comparison, Activated Sludge Process,
principles, designs, and operational problems, Oxidation ponds, Trickling Filters–
mechanism of impurities removal, classification, design, operation and maintenance
problems, RBCs, Fluidized bed reactors, Removal of Nitrogen and Phosphorus, Septic
Tanks and Imhoff tanks.
UNIT V
Sludge management and recycling of treated water:
Characteristics of sludge, handling and treatment of sludge-thickening, anaerobic
digestion of sludge, Sludge drying beds, Methods of disposal, Disposal into water bodies,
Oxygen Sag Curve, disposal into sea, disposal on land, sewage sickness, Importance of
Recycling, Indirect and Direct methods of recycling, Guidelines of reuse of treated water,
recent trends in recycling.

Text Books:
1. Water Supply Engineering, B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications, 2016.
2. Waste water Engineering, B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications, 2005.
3. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, G. S. Birdie and J. S. Birdie, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company,2010
4. Environmental Engineering, Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe, George
Tchobanoglous, Mc Grawhill,2017
Reference Books:
1. Elements of Environmental Engineering,K. N. Duggal, S. Chand & Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2012.
2. Environmental Engineering Vol 1 Water supply Engineering,S.K.Garg,Khanna
Publications, 2012.
3. Environmental Engineering Vol 2 Water supply Engineering, S.K.Garg, Khanna
Publications,2012
Web Links:
1. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/105104102
2. https://www.un-ihe.org/specialization/water-supply-engineering
3. https://www.intelitek.com > engineering
*****

REMOTE SENSING AND GIS APPLICATIONS
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To familiarize the student about the principles of GIS, Remote Sensing,
Spatial Systems, and its applications to Engineering Problems.
COB 2 : To make the student understand the knowledge of acquiring the satellite
images in different scales, bands, mosaic and interpret.
COB 3 : To equip the student with the expertise knowledge in interpretation of
different satellite images and other maps.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on classification of different satellite images for
wide variety of applications.
COB 5 : To enable the student to extract and develop different scale of raster and
vector datum as required for research works.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Classify the information content of remotely sensed data.

CO 2 : Explain the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface features.
CO 3 : Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps.
CO 4 : Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems.
CO 5 : Develop GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation.
CO 6 : Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - -
z

CO1 (K2) 2 - - -
CO2 (K4) 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 - - -

UNIT – I
Basic concepts of Photogrammetry:
Principles& types of aerial photograph, geometry of vertical aerial photograph, Scale &
Height measurement on single vertical aerial photograph, Height measurement based on
relief displacement, Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial points, parallax measurement
using fiducial line.
Introduction and Basic Concept of Remote Sensing:
Introduction to remote sensing: Basic concepts of remote sensing, electromagnetic
radiation, electromagnetic spectrum, interaction with atmosphere, energy interaction with
the earth surfaces characteristics of remote sensing systems.
UNIT – II
Sensors and platforms:
Introduction, types of sensors, airborne remote sensing, space borne remote sensing,
image data characteristics, digital image data formats-band interleaved by pixel, band
interleaved by line, band sequential, IRS, LANDSAT, SPOT.
Image interpretation:
Introduction, elements of visual image interpretations, digital image processing- image
pre-processing, image enhancement, image classification, supervised classification,
unsupervised classification
UNIT – III
Geographic Information System:
Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS, Geospatial Data: Spatial Data and Attribute
data, Joining Spatial and Attribute data.
Coordinate Systems:
Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the Earth, Datum; Map Projections:
Types of Map Projections-Map projection parameters, commonly used Map Projections
UNIT – IV
Spatial data analysis:
Introduction, data models, overlay function-vector overlay operations, raster overlay
operations, arithmetic operators, comparison and logical operators, conditional
expressions, overlay using a decision table, network analysis-optimal path finding,
network allocation, network tracing.
UNIT – V
Applications of Remote Sensing and GIS:
Application of Remote Sensing and GIS in civil engineering, groundwater prospecting and
identification of potential zones for artificial recharge, transportation, agriculture,
Forestry, Land cover and land use, geology and geomorphology, floodplain delineation.
Text Books:
1. Remote Sensing and GIS, Basudev Bhatta, Oxford Publishers 2015
2. Remote Sensing and GIS, Thomas M.Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008
3. Introduction to Geographic Information System, Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw-
Hill 2015.

Reference Books:
1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall
(India) Publications.
2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael
A. Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.
3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.
Web Links:
1. http://geology.wlu.edu/harbor/geol260/lecture_notes/notes.html
2. https://lecturenotes.in/subject/572/remote-sensing-and-gis-rsg
*****

ESTIMATION, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACTS
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To make the students know the types of estimates and different specifications
for civil works.
COB 2 : To enable the students to analyze the rates of different civil works and
earthwork quantities.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on bar bending schedule for
different building components.
COB 4 : To facilitate the students to summarize the different types of contracts, tenders
and valuation.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students to estimate the quantities of building components
by different methods.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the importance of specifications and abstract estimate for different

civil engineering works.
CO 2 : Prepare rate analysis for different civil work items.
CO 3 : Estimate the earth work quantities for roads and canals
CO 4 : Prepare bar bending schedule for different RCC components.
CO 5 : Classify different types of Contracts and Tenders.
CO 6 : Prepare valuation reports for roads and buildings
CO 7 : Estimate the quantities for different building components

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO6 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - - -
z
CO7 (K4) 3 3 - - - 3 - - 3 - - -


CO1 (K2) 1 - - 2
CO2 (K3) 2 - - 3
CO3 (K4) 3 - - 3
CO4 (K3) 2 - - 3
CO5 (K2) 1 - - 2
CO6 (K3) 2 - - 3
CO7 (K4) 3 - - 3
UNITI
Introduction
General items of work in Building – Standard Units –Principles of working out quantities
for detailed and abstract estimates –Approximate method of Estimating.
Specifications
Purpose and method of writing specifications –General specifications –Detailed
Specifications for Brick work – R.C.C work – Plastering – CC flooring – Painting
standard specifications for different items of building construction.
UNIT II
Rate Analysis
Task or outturn work –labour and materials required for different works –Rates of
materials and labour –Preparing analysis of rates by using SSR for the following items of
work–Concrete –RCC Works –Brick work in foundation and super structure–Plastering –
CC flooring –Painting.
UNIT III
Earth Works
Estimation of earth work of road from longitudinal sections –Earthwork in canals –
different cases–Estimation of earthwork in irrigation channels.
Bar bending schedules and Estimation of RCC Works
Quantity estimation and bar bending schedule for RCC roof slab –Quantity estimation and
bar bending schedule for RCC beam –Quantity estimation and bar bending schedule for
RCC Column with foundation footing –Quantity estimation and bar bending schedule for
RCCretaining wall.
UNIT IV
Contracts
Types of contracts – Contract Documents – Conditions of contract –PWD Accounts And
Procedure of Works–Organization of Engineering department –Work charged
establishment –Tender – Tender notice –Tender Schedule –Earnest money –Security
money –Measurement book – Administrative approval –Technical sanction.
Valuation
Valuation of Buildings – Cost –Price & value –Methods of valuation–Depreciation –
Methods for estimating cost depreciation –Mortgage.

UNIT V
Estimation of Buildings
Detailed Estimation of Buildings using centre line method.
Detailed Estimation of Buildings using individual wall method.
FINAL EXAMINATION PATTERN:

The end examination paper should consist of six questions from Unit 1 to Unit 4, out of
which three are to be answered (60% weightage) & one mandatory question (40%
weightage) from Units 5 is to be answered.
Text Books:
1. Estimating and Costing, B.N. Dutta, UBS publishers, 2000.
2. Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, B. S. Patil, Universities Press
(India) Pvt. Ltd., Hyd, 2006.
3. Construction Planning and Technology, Rajiv Gupta, CBS Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2008.
4. A Textbook of Estimating and Costing for Civil Engineering, G.S. Birdie, Dhanpat
Rai Publishing Company, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Standard Schedule of rates and standard data book, Public Works Department.
2. IS 1200 (Parts I to XXV-1974/ Method of Measurement of Building & Civil
EnggWorks – B.I.S.)
3. Estimation, Costing and Specifications, M. Chakraborty, Laxmi publications,
2006.
4. National Building Code of India 2016.
Web Links:
1. https://theconstructor.org/construction/methods-of-estimation-of-building/
2. esurveying.net/land-survey/earthwork-volume-calculation
4. https://civildigital.com/everything-bar-bending-schedule-bbs-terms-rules/
5. https://esub.com/4-types-construction-contracts/
*****

ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on the basics of theory of elasticity.

COB 2 : To introduce the concepts and tools used in structural dynamics.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the basics of theory of elasticity.

CO 2 : Distinguish between the rectangular and polar co-ordinates in two
dimensional problems.
CO 3 : Appreciate the issues related to the dynamic elastic behaviour of structures.
CO 4 : Determine the response of structures for free and forced vibrations.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 3 - - - - - - 1 - - -
CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - 3 - - -
z

CO1 (K2) 1 - - 2
CO2 (K3) 2 - - 3
CO3 (K4) 3 - - 3
CO4 (K3) 2 - - 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to Theory of Elasticity:
Introduction to Theory of Elasticity – Notations for forces and stresses –Components
of stresses and strains – Hooke’s Law.
UNIT - II
Plane Stress and Plane Strain:
Conditions of plane stress and strain-definitions –Differential equations of equilibrium
–Boundary conditions and compatibility equations.

UNIT - III
Two dimensional problems:
Two dimensional problems in rectangular co-ordinates –Airy’s stress function –Solution
by polynomials – Saint Venant’s principle –Two dimensional problems in polar
coordinates –General equations in polar co-ordinates –General solution of bi-Hormonic
equation.
UNIT – IV
Structural Dynamics:
Introduction – dynamic loadings – Equations of motion - Newton’s second law – D
Alembert’s principle – Solution of undamped single degree of freedom system.
UNIT - V
Vibrations:
Free vibrations –Damped single degree of freedom system –Viscous damping –Equation
of motion –Different types of damping –Forced vibrations –Response of single degree of
freedom system to harmonic loading –Damped and undamped harmonic excitations.
Text Books:
1. Theory of Elasticity, Timoshenko and Goodier, McGraw Hill Publishers, 2012.
2. Basics of Structural Dynamics and Aseismic design, S R Damodharaswamy and
S.Kavitha by PHI Publications, 2014.
3. Structural Dynamics, Mario Paz, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
Reference Books:
1. Theory of Elasticity, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishers, 2006.
2. Dynamics of Structures, A.K. Chopra, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
Web Links:
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/materials-science/theory-of-elasticity
*****

WATER SHED MANAGEMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the student to understand the objectives and characteristics of
watershed management.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with the concepts of soil erosion.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on water harvesting techniques.
COB 4 : To equip the student with the knowledge of land and drought management.
COB 5 : To enable the students to understand the watershed modelling.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the objectives and characteristics of watershed management.

CO 2 : Classify the types of soil erosion and choose the methods to control soil
erosion.
CO 3 : Select suitable water harvesting techniques.
CO 4 : Organize the land and drought management techniques.
CO 5 : Make use of the watershed models.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO2 (K2) - - - - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 (K4) - - 2 - - 2 3 - - - - -
CO4 (K3) - - 1 - - 3 3 - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 2 - 1 1 - 3 2 3 - - - -
z

CO1 (K2) - - - 2
CO2 (K2) - - - 2
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 2
CO4 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO5 (K5) - 3 - 1
UNIT -I
Introduction:
Concept of watershed development – objectives of watershed development – need for
watershed development –integrated and multidisciplinary approach for watershed
management.

Characteristics of Watershed:
Size – shape – physiography – slope – climate – drainage – land use – vegetation –
geology and soils – hydrology and hydrogeology – socio-economic characteristics – basic
data on watersheds.
UNIT -II
Principles of Erosion:
Types and causes of erosion – factors affecting erosion– estimation of soil loss due to
erosion- Universal soil loss equation.
Measures to Control Erosion:
Contour techniques – ploughing – furrowing – trenching – bunding – terracing – gully
control – check dams – rock-fill dams – brushwood dam – Gabion.
UNIT –III
Water Harvesting:
Techniques of rain water harvesting – rain water harvesting from roof top – surface flow
harvesting – subsurface flow harvesting – stop dams – farm ponds and dugout ponds –
percolation tanks.
UNIT-IV
Land Management:
Land use and Land capability classification – management of forest – agricultural –
grassland and wild land – land grading operation –reclamation of saline and alkaline soils.
Drought Management:
Drought assessment and classification – drought analysis techniques – drought mitigation
planning.
UNIT -V
Watershed Modelling:
Data of watershed for modelling – application and comparison of watershed models –
model calibration and validation – advances of watershed models.
Text books:
1. Watershed Management, Das MM and M.D Saikia, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Land and Water Management, Murthy.VVN, Kalyani Publications, 2007.
3. Watershed Management, Murthy J V S, New Age International Publishers, 2006.
Reference books:
1. Water Resource Engineering, Wurbs R A and James R A, Prentice Hall Publishers,
2002.
2. Watershed Hydrology, Black P E, Prentice Hall, 1996.

Web Links:
1. https://www.ct.gov/deep/cwp/view.asp?a=2719&q=325622&depNav_GID=1654
2. http://agritech.tnau.ac.in/agriculture/agri_majorareas_watershed_watershedmgt.ht
ml
3. https://yourstory.com/2017/11/watershed-management/
*****

DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE- IV)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on various types of concrete used in
construction of tall buildings.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with various loads acting on buildings and
distribution of loads.
COB 3 : To enable the students to know various components in tall buildings.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on design concepts of design tall buildings
considering all loading effects.
COB 5 : To enable the students to evaluate the performance of tall structures for
strength and stability.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain different types of concrete used in construction of tall buildings.

CO 2 : Calculate various loads acting on buildings.
CO 3 : Summarize the behaviour of various structural systems.
CO 4 : Design various structural systems for tall buildings.
CO 5 : Analyze stability of structural members in tall buildings.

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11
CO/PO
(K5) (K4 ) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K4) (K6) (K2) (K2) (K2) (K4)
CO1 (K2 ) - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3 ) 1 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K4 ) 2 3 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K4 ) 2 3 2 - - - - - - - -
z

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO3 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 - -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 - -

UNIT I
Design Philosophies and Materials
Introduction-Modern concepts High performance concrete Fibre reinforced concrete –
Light weight concrete – Self compacting concrete.
UNIT-II
Gravity and Lateral Loading
Dead load, live load, impact load, construction load, and sequential loading – Wind
loading – Static and dynamic approach analytical method – Wind tunnel experimental
methods – Earthquake loading – Equivalent lateral load analysis – Response spectrum
method –Combination of loads.
UNIT –III
Behaviour of Structural Systems
Factors affecting the growth – Height and structural form – behavior of braced frames
–Rigid frames – in-filled frames – Shear walls – Coupled shear walls – Wall –
Frames.
UNIT-IV
Analysis and Design
Modelling for approximate analysis – Accurate analysis and reduction techniques –
Analysis of structures as an integral unit – Analysis for member forces – Drift and
twist – Computerized 3D analysis – Design for differential movement – Creep
and Shrinkage effects – Temperature effects and fire Resistance.
UNIT-V
Stability Analysis
Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall – Frames – Approximate methods – Second
order effect of gravity loading P–Delta Effects – Simultaneous first order and P- Delta
analysis Translational instability - Torsional instability –
Effect of stiffness of members and foundation rotation in stability of structures.
Text Books:
1. Building Structures-Analysis and Design, Bryan Stafford Smith and Alex
Coull, Tall, John Wiley and Sons,Inc, 2000.
2. Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, Taranath B.S, McGraw-Hill,
2011.
3. Structural Concepts and Systems for Architects and Engineers, LinT.Y. and Burry
D.Stotes, John Wiley, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co Publishers, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Analysis of Tall & complex structures, FENG FU, BH Publications, 2018.
2. Design of Tall Buildings, Mark Srkisian, Routledge Publishers, 2011.

Web Links:
1. http://www.madehow.com/Volume-6/Skyscraper.html
2. https://www.bdcnetwork.com/5-innovations-high-rise-building-design
3. https://theconstructor.org/structural-engg/high-rise-structures/5/
*****

BRIDGE ENGINEERING
(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - V)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To facilitate the students to know about various components of bridges and
various types with standard loading developed by IRC.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with the knowledge on theory and design of
various types of bearings and joints in bridge structures.
COB 3 : To enable the students to provide a lucid exposition of the theory and design
of RC slab culverts and T- Beam.
COB 4 : To impart the knowledge on the concepts of plate girder bridges and
composite bridges.
COB 5 : To equip the students with the knowledge on theory and design of sub
structures of a bridge.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Make use of standard loading specifications for bridge design followed by

IRC codes.
CO 2 : Design various types of bearings and joints in bridge structures.
CO 3 : Analyze and perform design of RC slab culverts and RC T-Beam Bridges.
CO 4 : Design of plate girder bridges and composite bridges.
CO 5 : Design various elements of sub-structures of a bridge.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
z

CO1 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO2 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K4) - 3 - 3

UNIT I
Introduction:
Importance of site investigation in Bridge design – Design discharge – Linear water way
scour depth – Highway Bridge loading standards – Impact factor – Railway Bridge
loading standards (B.G. ML Bridge) various loads in bridges.
Box Culvert:
General aspects – Design loads – Design of Box culvert subjected to RC class AA tracked
vehicle only.
Bridge Bearings:
General features – Types of Bearings – Design principles of steel Rocker & Roller
Bearings – Design of a steel Rocker Bearing – Design of Elastomeric pad Bearing.
UNIT II
Deck Slab Bridge:
Introduction – Effective width method of Analysis Design of deck Slab Bridge (Simply
supported) subjected to class AA Tracked Vehicle only by Courban’s method
UNIT III
Beam & Slab Bridge (T-BEAM BRIDGE):
General features – Design of interior panel of slab – Pigeaud’s method – Design of a T-
beam bridge subjected to class AA tracked vehicle only by Courban’s method.
UNIT IV
Plate Girder Bridge:
Introduction – elements of a plate girder and their design – Design of a Deck type welded
plate girder
Composite Bridges:
Introduction – Advantages – Design of Composite Bridges consisting of RCC slabs over
steel girders including shear connectors
UNIT V
Piers & Abutments:
General features – Bed Block – Materials – piers & Abutments – Types of piers – Forces
acting on piers – Stability analysis of piers – General features of Abutments – forces
acting on abutments – Stability analysis of abutments – Types of wing walls – Approaches
– Types of Bridge foundations (excluding Design).
Text books:
1. Victor, D. Johnson, Elements of Bridge Engineering, Oxford and IBH Publishers,
New Delhi, 2009.
2. Vazirani & Ratwani, Design of Concrete Bridges, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
2010.
3. S. Ponnuswamy, Bridge Engineering, McGraw Hill Education, 2009.
IS Code Books:
1. IRC-6:2010 – Loading specifications
2. IRC-112:2011 – Design specifications

Reference Books:
1. Design and Construction of Bridges, Raina, V.K., Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Design of Bridges, N. Krishna Raju, Oxford and IBH, 2004.
Web Links:
3. https://www.aboutcivil.org/bridge-design-construction-video-tutorials.html
*****

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - V)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on basic concepts of Environmental Impact

Assessment.
COB 2 : To equip the students with the knowledge of various EIA methodologies.
COB 3 : To enable the students to assess the impacts of developmental activities on
various sectors of environment.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with the environmental risk assessment.
COB 5 : To enlighten the students with the knowledge on environmental legislation
and case studies.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the basic concepts of EIA.

CO 2 : Classify the various EIA methodologies.
CO 3 : Illustrate the systematic procedure of assessment of impacts of developmental
activities on various sectors of environment.
CO 4 : Describe the concept of risk assessment and management in EIA.
CO 5 : Apply the knowledge of EIA to day to day activities.

CO/PO
(K3 ) (K4 ) (K5 ) (K5 ) (K3 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K1 )
CO1 (K2 ) 2 - - - - 2 3 2 3 - 2 3
CO2 (K2 ) 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 - 2 3
CO3 (K3 ) 3 - - 1 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3
CO4 (K2) 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 - 2 3
CO5 (K3 ) 3 - - 1 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3
z

CO1 (K2) - 1 - 2
CO2 (K2) 1 2 - 2
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - 3
CO4 (K2) 1 1 - 2
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - 3

UNIT I
Basic concepts of Environmantal Impact Asssessment:
Elements of EIA, factors affecting EIA, Initial environmental Examination, life cycle
analysis, Preparation of Environmental Base map, Classification of environmental
parameters, role of stakeholders in the EIA preparation, stages in EIA,EIS and EMP.
UNIT II
Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies:
Introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A methods, Ad-hoc
methods, Check lists, Matrix method, Network analysis method, Environmental Media
Quality Index method, Overlay method, Cost/benefit analysis.
UNIT III
Impact of Developmental Activities on soil, water, air and biological environment:
Introduction and Methodology, Delineation of study area, Identification of activities,
Procurement of relevant quality of the sample, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact
significance, Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures, Systematic approach
in assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife.
UNIT IV
Environmental Risk Assessment and Risk management in EIA:
Treatment of uncertainty, key stages in performing an Environmental Risk Assessment,
advantages of Environmental Risk Assessment, Application of remote sensing and GIS
forEIA.
UNIT V
Environmental Legislation and Environmental Audit:
EIA notification by Ministry of Environment and Forest (Govt. of India), provisions and
procedure for environmental clearance, Environmental legislation objectives, Evaluation
of Audit data and preparation of Audit report. Post Audit activities, Concept of ISO and
ISO 14000.
Case studies and Preparation of Environmental impact assessment statement for various
Industries.
Text Books:
1. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies, Y. Anjaneyulu, B.S.
Publication, Sultan Bazar, Hyderabad.
2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Canter Larry W, McGraw-Hill education Edi
1996.
Reference Books:
1. Environmental Science and Engineering, J. Glynn and Gary W. Hein Ke – Prentice
Hall Publishers.
2. Environmental Science and Engineering, Suresh K. Dhaneja – S.K. Katania& Sons
Publication, New Delhi.
3. Environmental Pollution and Control, Dr H.S. Bhatia – Galgotia Publication (P)
Ltd., Delhi.

Web Links:
2. https://www.witpress.com/elibrary/wit-transactions-on-ecology-and-the-
environment/89/16208
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/235859306
*****

WATER RESOURCES SYSTEMS PLANNING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on optimization models in planning and
management of water resources systems.
COB 2 : To enable the students to know various linear programming models.
COB 3 : To impart the students with knowledge on dynamic programming principles.
COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge on non-linear optimization
techniques.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with basic concepts on water resources economics,
simulation and management techniques.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Explain the concepts of systems analysis and role of optimization models.
CO 2 : Illustrate various linear programming models in water resources system
management.
CO 3 : Demonstrate various dynamic programming principles for resource allocation
in water resources systems.
CO 4 : Examine the use of non-linear optimization techniques in design problems of
water resources systems.
CO 5 : Apply the water resources economics, simulation and management techniques
in water resources systems planning.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K3) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
z

CO1 (K3) - 2 - 2
CO2 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO3 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K3) - 2 - 3

UNIT I
Introduction
Concepts of system analysis - definition - systems approach to water resources planning
and management - role of optimization models - objective function and constraints - types
of optimization techniques.
UNIT II
Linear programming
Formulation of linear programming models - graphical method - simplex method -
application of linear programming in water resources - revised simplex method - duality in
linear programming - sensitivity analysis.
UNIT III
Dynamic programming
Principles of optimality - forward and backward recursive dynamic programming - curse
of dimensionality - application for resource allocation.
UNIT IV
Non-linear optimization techniques
Classical optimization techniques - Lagrange methods - Kuhn-Tucker conditions - Search
techniques - overview of Genetic Algorithm
UNIT V
Water Resources Economics, Simulation and management
Basics of engineering economics - economic analysis - conditions of project optimality -
benefit and cost analysis - Application of simulation techniques in water resources -
planning of reservoir system - optimal operation of single reservoir system - allocation of
water resources - optimal cropping pattern - conjunctive use of surface and sub-surface
water resources.
Text Books:
3. Water Resources System Analysis, Vedula.S and P.P.Mujumdar, McGraw Hill
Company Ltd, 2005.
4. Water Resources Economics’, James.D and R. Lee, Oxford Publishers, 2005.
5. Water Resources system planning by SK.Jain and V.P. Singh, Elsevier Science
publisher, 2003
Reference Books:
4. Water Resources Systems Planning and Management- An Introduction to
Methods, Models and Applications’, Loucks.D.P and E.V.Bee,UNESCO
Publications, 2005
5. Optimal design of water distribution networks, Bhave.P.R, Narosa Publishing
house, 2003.

Web Links:
6. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/civil-and-environmental-engineering/1-731-water
resource-systems-fall-2006/lecture-notes/
*****

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to assess the quality of water with respect to various
physical, chemical and biological parameters.
COB 2 : To equip the student with the knowledge on significance of characteristics of
water and waste water.
COB 3 : To familiarize the students with the estimation of various characteristics of
water.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Determine the chemical quality parameters of water.
CO 2 : Estimate the extent of pollution in the given waste water by comparing with
the IS – 10500 - 2012 drinking water standards.
CO 3 : Determine the treatment methods to be followed in order to supply the water
for public consumption.
CO 4 : Estimate the level of treatment methods to be followed for the given waste
water sample.
CO 5 : Judge whether the given waste water sample can be disposed into the
environment.
CO/PO
(K3 ) (K4 ) (K5 ) (K5 ) (K3 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K1 )
CO1 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO2 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO3 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO4 (K4 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO5 (K3 ) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
z

CO1 (K3) - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - 3 - -
CO5 (K3) - 3 - -

1. To determine the physical properties of the given water samples (colour, odour,
temperature and turbidity).
2. To determine pH and acidity of the given water samples.
3. To determine total alkalinity of the given water samples.
4. To estimate the total, calcium and magnesium hardness in the given water samples.
5. To determine total dissolved solids (TDS) and electrical conductivity (EC) of the
given water sample.
6. To determine optimum coagulant dose needed in water treatment using Jar test.
7. To estimate the amount of dissolved oxygen (DO) content and biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD) of the given water and wastewater samples respectively.
8. To determine the total settleable solids present in the given water sample using
Imhoff cone set up.
9. To determine the chemical oxygen demand (COD) of the given waste water
sample.
10. To determine the total nitrogen and phosphorous content present in the given waste
water sample.

11. To determine the total iron content of the given water sample.
12. To determine the chloride content in the given water sample.
13. To determine the bacteriological population in the given water sample by most
probable number (MPN) method.
Reference Books:
1. Chemical analysis of water and soil, KVSG Murali Krishna, Reem publications,
2010.
2. Standard methods of analysis of water and waste water, APHA .
3. Handbook of Water Analyses, Leo M.L. Nollet, Leen S. P. De Gelderis,CRC
Press,2013 3rd Edition, 2012.
4. Chemistry for Environmental Engineering, Sawyer and Mc.Carty, Gene.F.Parkin,
2013, 5th edition.
5. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, E.W. Rice, R.B.
Baird, A.D. Eaton, L.S. Clesceri, American Public Health Association, American
Water Works Association, Water Environment Federation,2012,22nd Edition.
Web Links:
1. http://www.fao.org/docrep/X5624E
2. http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health
3. https:www.therrmofischer.com>industrial

GIS AND CAD LAB
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students with the knowledge on image processing and GIS
software.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with structural analysis and design software.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge of digitization, and creation of thematic map from
toposheets.
COB 4 : To equip the students with the knowledge on analysis and design of 2D and
3D frame
COB 5 : To enable the students to design the concrete and steel structures.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Extend the knowledge on GIS software.

CO 2 : Classify thematic map, digitize and extract important features from satellite
images.
CO 3 : Develop digital elevation model.
CO 4 : Analyze the structural components using software.
CO 5 : Design the concrete and steel structures using software.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K4) - - 2 2 3 - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K3) - - 1 1 3 - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 2 3 - - - - 3 - -
CO5 (K4) - - 2 2 3 - - - - 3 - -
z

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K4) 3 3 1 -
CO3 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO4 (K4) 3 3 1 -
CO5 (K4) 3 3 1 -
CO6 (K4) 3 3 1 -

List of Experiments (WEEK 1 TO 12)
1. Detailed introduction to GIS software and digitization of Map/Toposheet.

2. Analysis and Design of simply supported and cantilever beam using CAD.
3. Creation of thematic maps using GIS software.
4. Analysis and Design of continuous beam using CAD.
5. Estimation of features and interpretation using GIS software.
6. Analysis and Design of 2D and 3D frame using CAD.
7. Develop DEM and DTM using GIS software.
8. Analysis and design of linear transmission Tower using CAD.
9. Simple applications of GIS in water Resources Engineering &Transportation
Engineering.
10. Wind analysis of multistoried building using CAD.

11. Seismic analysis of 3D frame using CAD.

12. Crop estimation in agriculture using GIS software.
13. Estimation and comparison of rainfall data and ground water resource using GIS
software (Case studies).
GIS-SOFTWARES:
1. Arc GIS 10.5

2. ERDAS 2014
3. Geomatica
Any one or Equivalent
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND DRAWING - SOFTWARE:
1. STAAD PRO / Equivalent/

2. Robot structural Analysis.
3. ETABS.
Reference Books:
1. Concept and Techniques of GIS, C.P.L.O. Albert, K.W. Yong, Printice Hall
Publishers, 2006.
2. Staad.pro v8i for beginners, T.S.Sarma,Notion press, 2014.
3. Manual on ERDAS imagine, Hexagon Geospatial Community Publishers, 2014.
Web Links:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/software_engineering/software_analysis_design_to
ols.html
2. https://usharama.edu.in/gisCadLab
3. https://libguides.mit.edu/gis/computers

INDUSTRY ORIENTED (INTERNSHIP) MINOR PROJECT
Course Code: 171EC7P01 0 0 0 1
Guidelines:
1. The mini-project is a team activity comprises of 3-4 students.
2. The mini-project mainly focuses on the field oriented experience and also software
related any civil engineering projects.
3. The mini project relates to Surveying, Engineering materials, Structural,
xTransportation, Environmental and Water Resources Engineering.
4. Mini Project should cater to a small system required in laboratory or real life.
5. Art work and Layout should be made using Auto-CAD software. Based on the project
the advanced softwares like STAAD.pro, ETABS, REVIT, Arc.GIS etc., can be used
for effective completion of the project.
6. After interactions with course coordinator and based on comprehensive literature
survey/ need analysis, the student shall identify the title and define the aim and
objectives of mini project.
7. Student is expected to detail out specifications, methodology, resources required,
critical issues involved in design and implementation and submit the proposal within
first week of the semester.
8. The student is expected to exert on design, development and testing of the proposed
work as per the schedule.
Internship Objectives:
COB 1 : To make students develop employer-valued skills such as teamwork and

attention to detail.
COB 2 : To expose students to the professional demeanor expected from an
employee in private/public sector companies
COB 3 : To enhance student's knowledge of particular area(s) of engineering.
COB 4 : To enable students to find professional role models or mentors who can
provide inspiration in the early stages of their employment
COB 5 : To make students develop work ethics and commitment for social responsibility.
Internship Outcomes:
At the end of the Internship, Student will be able to:
CO 1: Outline the working environment and professional ethics in an industry

CO 2: Relate with real time tools used in industries
CO 3: Apply respective domain knowledge to understand an industrial process
CO4: Utilize an industrial process involved in delivering/developing a final
service/product for project building
CO 5: Analyze the relevance of their course curriculum with that used in industries


CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - 2 - - - 3
CO 2(K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 - - - - 3 3 - - - - -
CO 4(K3) - 2 - - - - 3 - - - 3 -
CO 5(K4) - 3 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 1(K2) - - - 2
CO 2(K2) 2 - - 2
CO 3(K3) 3 - - -
CO 4(K3) - 2 2 3
CO 5(K4) - - - 3
***

URBAN TRANSPORTATION PLANNING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)
VIII Semester L T P C
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip students with knowledge on Variables, Travel Attributes.
COB 2 : To impart knowledge on collection of data by different surveys.
COB 3 : To enable the students to know the trip purpose, factors governing the trip
distribution.
COB 4 : To familiarize the students with transport mode choice analysis and traffic
assignment.
COB 5 : To enable the students to understand master plan preparation and corridor
identification.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the transport planning process and variables.
CO 2 : Interpret the sampling techniques and accuracy checks.
CO 3 : Explain the trip generation and distribution.
CO 4 : Estimate the mode choice and traffic assignment.
CO 5 : Assess the master plan and corridor deficiency.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) - - - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - 3 - - -
CO4 (K5) 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 -
z
CO5 (K5) 3 - - - - - - - - - 1 -

CO1 (K2) - - - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - -
CO4 (K5) 1 - - -
CO5 (K5) 1 - - -

UNIT -I
Transportation Planning Process:
Introduction – system approach to transportation planning – and difficulties in
transportation planning process – Stages in transportation planning – urban transport
modes – railway modes – fixed guide way modes – demand – responsive – urban
transport issues – traffic congestion.
UNIT -II
Transportation Planning Survey:
Transport survey – definition of study area and zoning– road side interviews – public
transport surveys – Home interview survey and cordon line surveys – inventory of
existing transport facilities – land use and economic activities.
UNIT –III
Trip Generation:
Introduction – trip purpose – factors governing trip generation – Trip Generation Analysis
– multiple linear regression analysis – Category Analysis
Trip Distribution:
Presentation of Trip distribution data – PA matrix to OD matrix – Growth factor methods
– Gravity model and its calibration – opportunities model
UNIT-IV
Modal spilt:
Factors influencing modal spilt – modal split models – trip end and trip interchange –
disaggregate mode choice models – discrete choice models.
Traffic assignment:
Diversion curves; basic elements of transport net – all-or-nothing capacity – restraint
techniques – reallocation of assigned volumes equilibrium assignment.
UNIT -V
Corridor identification:
Plan preparation & evaluation –master plans – selection of corridor – corridor
identification – corridor deficiency analysis –travel forecasts to evaluate alternative
improvements – impacts of new development on transportation facilities –pivot point
analysis – environmental and energy analysis –case studies.
Text Books:
1. ‘Introduction to Urban System Planning’ by Hutchinson, B.G., McGraw Hill.
2. ‘Transportation Engineering, An Introduction’ by Khisty C.J., Prentice Hall.
3. ‘Fundamentals of Transportation Planning’ by Papacostas, Tata McGraw Hill

Reference Books:
1. Urban Transportation Planning: A decision oriented Approach, Mayer M and
Miller E, McGraw Hill. 2 nd edition 2001.
2. Introduction to Transportation Planning, Bruton M.J. Hutchinson of London,2 nd
edition 2001.
3. Metropolitan Transportation Planning, Dicky, J.W.,Tata McGraw Hill.2 nd edition,
2000.
4. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning by Kadiyali.L.R.Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi, 2nd edition, 2000.
Web Links:
2. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/civil-and-environmental-engineering/1-252j-urban-
transportation-planning-fall-2016/
3. http://metroprimaryresources.info/encyclopedia/urban-transportation-planning-
system-utps/
*****

SOIL DYNAMICS AND FOUNDATIONS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – VI)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To enable the students to derive free and forced vibrations with and without
damping for single degree freedom system.
COB 2 : To familiarize the students with the knowledge on dynamic soil properties and
one dimensional wave motion using wave propagation theory.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on analysis of machine foundations.
COB 4 : To facilitate the students to know about the design of foundations for
reciprocating and impact type machines.
COB 5 : To impart the knowledge on basic concepts of vibration isolation.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Deduce the equations for free and forced vibrations with and without damping
for single degree freedom system.
CO 2 : Solve one dimensional wave motion using wave propagation theory.
CO 3 : Analyze machine foundations.
CO 4 : Design foundations for reciprocating, impact type machines.
CO 5 : Illustrate the basic concepts of vibration isolation.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 (K3) - - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO3 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - 3 - -
z
CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO1 (K3) - 2 - 3
CO2 (K1) - - - -
CO3 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO4 (K4) - 3 - 3
CO5 (K4) - 3 - 3

UNIT I
Theory of vibrations:
Basic definitions – free and forced vibrations with and without damping for single degree
freedom system- Resonance and it’s effects – magnification – Logarithmic decrement –
Soil system – Natural frequency of foundation –Barkan’s and IS methods – pressure bulb
concept – Pauw’s Analogy.
UNIT II
Wave propagation:
One dimensional wave motion – propagation in an elastic infinite medium – wave
propagation in an elastic half space – propagation of flexural waves in beams on elastic
foundations.
Dynamic Soil Properties:
Field and Laboratory methods of determination – Up hole, Down hole and cross hole
methods – Cyclic plate load test – Block vibration test – Determination of Damping factor.
UNIT III
Machine Foundations:
Introduction – Types – Design criteria – Permissible amplitudes and Bearing pressure –
Degrees of freedom – Analysis under different modes of vibration of block foundation
UNIT IV
Design of Foundations for Reciprocating and Impact Machines:
Degrees of freedom – analysis under different modes of vibration – codal provisions for
design and construction of foundations for reciprocating machine and impact machine.
UNIT V
Vibration Isolation:
Generation and propagation of vibrations – basic concept of vibration isolation – base
isolation – shock isolation – seismic isolation of bridges.
Text books:
1. Soil dynamics and machine foundations, swami saran, Galgotia Publications PVT LTD,
2016.
2. Handbook of Machine Foundations, P.Srinivasulu and G.V.Vaidyanathan, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Soil Dynamics, ShamsherPrakash, McGraw Hill Publishers, 1981.
Reference books:
1. Dynamics of Bases and Foundations, Barken, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,New
York, 2003.
2. Vibration of Soils and Foundations, Richart, Hall and Woods, Prentice Hall,
eaglewood Cliffs, New Jersey, USA, 1970

Web Links:
1. nptel.ac.in/courses/105101005
3. https://www.slideshare.net/LATIFHYDERWadho/soil-dynamics
*****

SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - VI)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on composition of municipal solid waste.
COB 2 : To equip the students with the knowledge on methods of collection and
optimization of collection routing of municipal solid waste.
COB 3 : To familiarize the students with different unit operations in processing of
municipal solid waste.
COB 4 : To enable the students to know the criteria for selection of landfill.
COB 5 : To enable the students to identify the hazardous waste and make use of
treatment procedures.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret the composition and characteristics of municipal solid waste.

CO 2 : Illustrate different methods of collection of municipal solid waste.
CO 3 : Choose the criteria for selection of landfill.
CO 4 : Classify the solid waste and select suitable composting facility.
CO 5 : Apply different methods of treatment and disposal for Hazardous wastes.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO 2 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO 3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO 4 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
z
CO 5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - - 3

CO 1 (K2) - - - 2
CO 2 (K2) - - - 2
CO 3 (K3) - - - 3
CO 4 (K2) - - - 2
CO 5 (K3) - - - 3

UNIT I
Introduction:
Definition of solid waste – waste generation sources and types of solid waste –sampling
and characterization – Determination of composition of Municipal Solid Waste –Onsite
storage and handling of solid waste – Future changes in waste composition, major
legislation, monitoring responsibilities.
UNIT II
Collection and Transport of Solid Waste:
Type and methods of waste collection systems–analysis of collection system –
Optimization of collection routes– alternative techniques for collection system.
Transfer and Transport:
Need for transfer operation –transport means and methods – transfer station types and
design requirements – Separation, processing and transformation of solid waste.
UNIT III
Processing and Disposal:
Unit operations used for separation and processing – Materials recovery facilities – Source
reduction and waste minimization – Metal Separation & Recovery – Waste transformation
through combustion and composting – anaerobic methods for materials recovery and
treatment – Energy recovery – Incinerators.
Landfills:
Site selection, design and operation, drainage and leachate collection systems – designated
waste landfill remediation.
UNIT IV
Hazardous Waste Management:
Definition and identification of hazardous wastes-sources and characteristics – hazardous
wastes in Municipal Waste – Occupational health hazards and public health – Hazardous
waste regulations – minimization of Hazardous Waste – compatibility, handling and
storage of hazardous waste – collection and transport. E-waste: sources, collection,
treatment and reuse.
UNIT V
Hazardous waste treatment and Design:
Hazardous waste treatment technologies – Design and operation of facilities for physical,
chemical and thermal treatment of hazardous waste –Solidification, chemical fixation and
encapsulation, incineration - Hazardous waste landfills - Site selection, design and
operation – remediation of hazardous waste disposal sites.
Text books:
1. Integrated Solid Waste Management, George Techobanoglous, McGraw Hill
Publication, 1993.
2. Hazardous Waste Management, Charles A. Wentz, McGraw Hill Publication,
1995.
3. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management, PM Cherry, CBS Publishers &
Distributers, 2016

Reference books:
1. Introduction to Transportation Planning, Bruton M.J. Hutchinson of London,2nd
edition 2001
2. ‘Metropolitan Transportation Planning’ by Dicky, J.W.,Tata McGraw Hill.2nd
edition, 2000
Web Links:
1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/262536356_Solid_and_Hazardous_Wast
e_Management
2. https://www.cartercenter.org/resources/pdfs/health/ephti/library
3. https://www.rand.org/content/dam/rand/pubs/commercial_books
*****

AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE - VI)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on basic concepts of air pollution.

COB 2 : To familiarize the students with the concepts of plume behaviour in different
atmospheric conditions.
COB 3 : To equip the students with the knowledge on sampling and analysis of air
pollutants.
COB 4 : To enable the students to know about the working principles of particulate and
gaseous control technologies.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with the strategic planning for control of air
pollution.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Interpret the various ambient air quality parameters.

CO 2 : Examine the plume behaviour in prevailing atmospheric conditions.
CO 3 : Explain the various methods related to sampling and analysis.
CO 4 : Choose the appropriate air pollution control devices.
CO 5 : Apply suitable particulate and gaseous control measures for an industry.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - 2 3
CO 2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
CO 3 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - 2 3
CO 4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3
z
CO 5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3

CO 1 (K2) - 1 - -
CO 2 (K3) - 2 - -
CO 3 (K2) - 1 - -
CO 4 (K3) - 2 - -
CO 5 (K3) - 2 - -

UNIT I
Air Pollution:
Definition – Sources and classification of Air Pollutants –indoor air quality – Effects of air
pollution on health of Human & Animals, vegetation & materials,Global effects of air
pollution - Carbon Credits and Carbon Trade.
UNIT II
Meteorology and Air Pollution:
Factors influencing air pollution – Temperature lapse rate and atmospheric stability –
wind rose –Plume behaviour – Mixing depths – Plume rise and dispersion – prediction of
air quality – boxmodel – Gaussian model – Dispersion coefficient – Application of tall
chimney for pollutant dispersion.
UNIT III
Control of Particulate Pollutants:
Sampling and analysis of air pollutants– Properties of particulate pollution – particle size
distribution – control mechanism –Dust removal equipment – Design and operation of
settling chambers, cyclones, wet dust scrubbers, fabric filters and ESP.
UNIT IV
Control of Gaseous Pollutants:
Process and equipment for the removal of gaseous pollutants by chemical methods –
Design and operation of absorption and adsorption equipment- combustion and
condensation equipment.
UNIT V
Control of Air and Noise Pollution:
Noise pollution and control – Definition – significance in general – sources, measurement
– effects and control measures. Air pollution control: Environmental friendly fuels –
Inplant control measures, process changes, methods of removal and recycling – Air
Pollution legislation – Automobile pollution, odour pollution, flares and control –
Emission standards.
Text books:
1. Air Pollution, M.N.Rao and H.V.N.Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Comapany, 2011.
2. Air pollution and Control,Prof.K.V.S.G. Muralikrishna, Kaushal Publications-
Kakinada, 1995.
3. Fundamentals of air pollution engineering,Richard C Flagan and John H
Seinfeld,Prentice hallInc, 2012
Reference books:
1. An introduction to Air pollution,R.K.Trivedy and P.K. Goel, B.S. Publications,
2003.
2. Air Pollution control–A design approach, C David Cooper and F.C. Alley, 4th
Edition

Web Links:
2. http://www.moef.nic.in/report/0203
3. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~anubha/APC
*****

ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
(OPEN ELECTIVE)
Course Code: 171CE8O01 3 1 0 3
Course Objectives:
COB 1 To enable the students to know the principle of operation and working of
different types of instruments.
COB 2 To equip the students with the knowledge on principle of operation and
working of Signal Generators, Analyzers.
COB 3 To impart knowledge on the principle of operation and working of CRO.
COB 4 To familiarize the students with the principle of operation and working of
various types of AC bridges and Q-meter.
COB 5 To enrich the students with the knowledge on the principle of operation and
working of various types of Transducers and measurement of physical
parameters force, pressure, velocity and displacement.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 Explain about the instrument to be used based on the requirements.
CO 2 Demonstrate different signal generators and analyzers.
CO 3 Illustrate the design of oscilloscopes for different applications.
CO 4 Develop different transducers for measurement of different parameters
CO 5 Describe the design of Data acquisition systems.

CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO5 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K2) - - - -
CO3 (K2) - - - -
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO5 (K2) - - - -

UNIT I
Performance characteristics of instruments:
Static characteristics, Accuracy, Resolution, Precision, Expected value, Error, Sensitivity.
Errors in Measurement, Dynamic Characteristics-speed of response, Fidelity, Lag and
Dynamic error. DC Voltmeters- Multi-range, Range extension/Solid state and differential
voltmeters, AC voltmeters- multi range, range extension, shunt. Ohmmeters series type,
shunt type, Multi-meter for Voltage, Current and resistance measurements.
UNIT II
Signal Generator:
Fixed and variable, AF oscillators, Standard and AF sine and square wave signal
generators, Function Generators, Square pulse, Random noise, sweep, Arbitrary
waveform. Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion Analyzers
UNIT III
Oscilloscopes:
CRT features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger pulse, delay
line, sync selector circuits, simple CRO, triggered sweep CRO, Dual beam CRO, Dual
trace oscilloscope, sampling oscilloscope, storage oscilloscope, Lissajous method of
frequency measurement.
UNIT IV
AC Bridges:
Measurement of inductance- Maxwell’s bridge, Anderson bridge. Measurement of
capacitance -Schearing Bridge. Wheat stone bridge. Wien Bridge, Errors and precautions
in using bridges. Q-meter.
UNIT V
Transducers:
Active & passive transducers : Resistance, Capacitance, inductance; Strain gauges, LVDT,
Piezo Electric transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Thermocouples, Thermistors,
Measurement of physical parameters force, pressure, velocity and displacement.
Text Books:
1. Electronic instrumentation, second edition - H.S.Kalsi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques – A.D. Helfrick
and W.D. Cooper, PHI, 5th Edition, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements - David A. Bell, PHI, 2nd Edition,
2003.
2. Electronic Test Instruments, Analog and Digital Measurements - Robert A.Witte,
Pearson Education, 2nd Ed., 2004.
3. Electronic Measurements & Instrumentations by K. Lal Kishore, Pearson
Education - 2005.

Web Links:
6. http://web.iitd.ac.in/~janas/courses/ell301.htm
7. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture-notes.php?url=electrical-engineering-eee
10. https://www.mooc-list.com/tags/electrical-instruments
****

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Common to CE, ME & ECE)
(OPEN ELECTIVE)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To discuss the basic concepts of database systems and its architectures.
COB 2 : To enable the students to learn various data models.
COB 3 : To illustrate the mechanisms involved in normalization of relational
databases.
COB 4 : To make use of SQL statements for performing operations on databases.
COB 5 : To impart knowledge on transaction management and concurrency controls.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Summarize various database characteristics.
CO 2 : Identify various database architectures.
CO 3 : Interpret relational database using SQL.
CO 4 : Examine issues in data storage and query processing for appropriate solutions.
CO 5 : Make use of normalization techniques for database design.
CO 6 : Illustrate the mechanisms of transaction management.
CO 7 : Build database system for real world problems.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K3) 3 3 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -
CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -
CO6 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - 3 - - - - -
CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - -
z

CO1 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO2 (K3) 2 - - -
CO3 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO4 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO5 (K3) 2 2 - -
CO6 (K2) 1 - - -
CO7 (K3) 2 - - -

UNIT I:
Introduction to Databases:
Characteristics of database approach, advantages of using the DBMS approach.
Overview of Database Languages and Architectures:
Data models, schemas and instances, three schema architecture and data independence,
database system environment, centralized and client/server architectures for DBMSs,
classification of database management system.
SQL: Data Definition, Constraints and Basic Queries and Updates:
SQL data definition – DDL commands and data types, specifying constraints in SQL,
INSERT, DELETE and UPDATE statements in SQL, basic retrieval queries in SQL.
UNIT II:
Introduction to Database Design:
Database Design and ER Diagrams, Entities, Attributes and Entity sets, Relationships and
Relationship sets, Additional features of the E-R Model, .Conceptual Design with the ER-
Model
The Relational Model:
Introduction to the relational model, Integrity constraints over relations, enforcing
integrity constraints, querying relational data, logical database design-ER to Relational.
UNIT III:
Relational Algebra and Calculus:
Preliminaries, relational algebra, relational calculus, expressive power of algebra and
calculus.
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms:
Introduction to schema refinement, functional dependencies, reasoning about FDs, Normal
forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF and BCNF), properties of decompositions, normalization
(decomposition into BCNF and 3NF), schema refinement in database design, other kinds
of dependencies
UNIT IV:
Overview of Transaction Management & Concurrency Control:
Transaction Management:
The ACID properties, transactions and schedules, concurrent execution of transactions,
lock based concurrency control, performance of locking, and transaction support in SQL,
introduction to crash recovery.
Concurrency Control:
2PL, Serializability and recoverability, introduction to lock management, lock
conversions, dealing with deadlocks, specialized locking techniques, concurrency control
without locking

UNIT V:
Storage:
Overview of Storages and Indexing, Data on External Storage- File Organization and
Indexing –Clustered Indexing – Primary and Secondary Indexes, Index Data Structures,
Hash-Based Indexing – Tree-Based Indexing, Comparison of File Organization.
Text books:
1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, TATA
McGraw Hill, ThirdEdition, 2003
2. Database Systems, RamezElmasri and ShamkantB.Navathe, Pearson publications,
SixthEdition, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Database Systems, CJ Date, Pearson, Eighth Edition, 2004.
2. Database Systems - The Complete Book, H G Molina, J D Ullman, J Widom
Pearson, Second Edition, 2009.
3. Data base Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob & Carlos
Coronel, SeventhEdition, 2006.
4. Fundamentals of Database Systems, ElmasriNavathe, Pearson Education, 2015.
5. Database System Concepts,Silberschatz, Korth, TMH, Fifth Edition, 2006.
Web Links:
2. http://www.moef.nic.in/report/0203
3. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~anubha/APC
*****

ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES

(Common to CE & ECE)
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To explain the concept of renewable energy resources and solar radiation.
COB 2 : To outline utilization of solar energy source for both domestic and
industrial applications.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge of wind energy and Bio-mass resources.
COB 4 : To make the students know various conversion principles and techniques of
various renewable resources.
COB 5 : To enable the students to know the principles behind the energy conversions.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Intrepet renewable energy sources and solar radiation.

CO 2 : Apply the knowledge of solar principles for its applications.
CO 3 : Discuss the working principles of wind and Bio-mass energy resources.
CO 4 : Illustrate the techniques and conversion principles of Geothermal and tidal
energy resources.
CO 5 : Make use of working principles in energy conversion.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2 ) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 -3 2 -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -
CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -
z

CO1 (K2) 2 1 1 -
CO2 (K3) 3 2 2 -
CO3 (K6) - - - -
CO4 (K2) 2 1 1 -
CO5 (K3) 3 2 2 2

UNIT I
Principles of Solar Radiation:
Role and potential of new and renewable source, the solar energy option, Environmental
impact of solar power - Physics of the sun, the solar constant, extraterrestrial and
terrestrial solar radiation, Solar radiation on titled surface, Instruments for measuring solar
radiation and sun shine, solar radiation data.
UNIT II
Solar Energy Collection:
Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating collectors,
orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors.
Solar Energy Storage and Applications:
Different methods, sensible, latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar
applications - solar heating/ cooling techniques, solar distillation and drying, Photovoltaic
energy conversion.
UNIT III
Wind Energy:
Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics.
Bio-Mass:
Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic /aerobic digestion, types of Bio-gas digesters,
gas yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine
operation, and economic aspects.
UNIT –IV
Geothermal Energy:
Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.
OTEC:
Principles, utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles.
Tidal and Wave Energy:
Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, their economics.
UNIT-V
Direct Energy Conversion:
Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, limitations, Principles of DEC. Thermo-electric generators,
Seebeck, Peltier and Joule Thompson effects, figure of merit, materials, applications,
MHD generators, principles, dissociation and ionization, hall effect, magnetic flux, MHD
accelerator, MHD engine, power generation systems, electron gas dynamic conversion,
economic aspects. Fuel cells, principle, faraday’s laws, thermodynamic aspects, selection
of fuels and operating conditions.
Text books:
1. Non-conventional Energy Sources, G.D.Rai, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 1st
edition.
2. Non-Conventional energy resources, Khan B.H, Tata Mc-Graw hill, New Delhi,
1stedition.

Reference books:
1. Renewable energy resources, Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., BSP Books Pvt.Ltd, UK,
2ndedition.
2. Principles of Solar Engineering / D.Yogi Goswami, CRC Press, New York, 3rd
edition.
3. Non-Conventional Energy, Ashok V.Desai, New Age International Publications,
Tokyo, 1st edition.
4. Renewable Energy Technologies, R.Ramesh, Uday kumar, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 1st edition.
Web Links:
3. https://www.eia.gov/energyexplained/?page=renewable_home
*****

WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To make the students know the importance of waste water management.
COB 2 : To impart the knowledge on estimation of waste water flow rate or discharge.
COB 3 : To equip the students with basics of waste water characterisation
COB 4 : To enrich the students to acquire knowledge on the principles and methods of
treatment of waste water.
COB 5 : To familiarize the students with various ways of disposal methods of treated
effluent and its recycling.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Summarize the importance of sanitation.

CO 2 : Find the rate of sewage flow.
CO 3 : Identify the various characteristics of sewage.
CO 4 : Outline various waste water treatment technologies.
CO 5 : Explain the different treated effluent disposal methods.
CO 6 : Illustrate the need of waste water recycling.
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO 2 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 - - - - 3
CO 3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - 3 3 - - - - 3
CO 4 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
CO 5 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3
z
CO 6 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 - - - - 3

CO 1 (K2) - - - -
CO 2 (K1) - - - -
CO 3 (K3) - - - 2
CO 4 (K2) - - - 1
CO 5 (K2) - - - -
CO 6 (K2) - - - -

UNIT I
Introduction:
Introduction to sanitation – systems of sanitation – relative merits and demerits – need for
wastewater management – basic terminology in wastewater – generation of wastewater –
types – collection and conveyance of waste water – classification of sewerage systems.
UNIT II
Sewage Flow and Pumping:
Estimation of sewage flow and storm water drainage – fluctuations. Types of sewers –
hydraulics of sewers – appurtenances in sewerage.
Pumping of wastewater: pumping stations – location – components – types of pumps and
their suitability with regards to waste waters.
UNIT III
Sewage Analysis and Treatment:
Sewage characteristics- sampling and analysis of waste water – physical, chemical and
biological examination – measurement of BOD, COD.
Preliminary and primary treatment – screens – grit chambers – grease traps – floatation –
sedimentation.
UNIT IV
Secondary Treatment:
Aerobic and anaerobic treatment process- comparison. Aerobic units: Activated sludge
process, principles, modifications of activated sludge processes – Oxidation ponds –
Trickling filters – Rotating biological contactors. Anaerobic units: UASB Reactor,
principle and working.
UNIT V
Tertiary Treatment and Disposal:
Removal of Nutrients – Nitrification and Denitrification – Ion exchange – membrane
processes – MF, UF, NF, RO. Disposal of sewage – Methods of disposal – Effluent
Standards. Need, Scope and demand for waste water recycling.
Text books:
1. Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Resource Recovery, Metcalf & Eddy, 5th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2014.
2. Elements of Environmental Engineering, K.N. Duggal, S.Chand& Company Ltd.
New Delhi, 2012.
3. Wastewater Treatment for pollution control and Reuse, Soli J Areivala, Sham R
Asolekar, Mc-GrawHill, New Delhi, 2011.

Reference books:
1. Environmental Engineering-II: Sewage disposal and Air pollution
Engineering, Garg & S.K., Khanna Publications.
2. Environmental Engineering by D. Srinivasan, PHI Learning private Limited,
New Delhi, 2011.
Web Links:
2. http:// web.iitd.ac.in/~arunku/files/CVL100_Y16
3. http://www.civil.iitm.ac.in/dwwm/sites/default/files/presentations
4. http://efc.syr.edu/wp-content/uploads/2012/03
*****

FUNDAMENTALS OF LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS

(OPEN ELECTIVE)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To impart the knowledge of world and Indian scenario of LNG industry.
COB 2 : To demonstrate the liquefaction technologies of LNG
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on supporting functional units of LNG plants.
COB 4 : To help the students learn about LNG shipping industry.
COB 5 : To impart knowledge on major equipment and safety aspects of LNG
industry.
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
CO 1 : Explain the LNG value chain.

CO 2 : Classify the different liquefaction technologies of LNG.
CO 3 : Describe the components of LNG receiving terminals.
CO 4 : Summarize LNG storage and transportation facilities.
CO 5 : Identify major equipment and safety aspects of LNG industry.
CO/PO
(K3 ) (K4 ) (K5 ) (K 3) (K3 ) (K3 ) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K2) (K2 ) (K3 ) (K1 )
CO1 (K2) 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 (K2 ) 1 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 (K2 ) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 (K2 ) 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 (K 3) 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -
z

CO1 (K2) - - - 2
CO2 (K2) 1 1 - -
CO3 (K2) - 1 - -
CO4 (K2) - 1 - -
CO5 (K3) - 2 - -
UNIT I
Introduction
Overview of LNG industry: History of LNG industry – Base load LNG – Developing
an LNG Project – World and Indian Scenario – Properties of LNG.

UNIT II
Liquefaction Technologies:
Propane precooled mixed refrigerant process – Description of Air products C3MR LNG
process – Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Cascade process: Description of Conocophillips optimized cascade (copoc) process –
Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Other Liquefaction Processes: Description of Linde MFC LNG process- Precooling and
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) recovery – Liquefaction and subcooling- Trends in LNG
train capacity – strategy for grassroots plant- offshore LNG production.
UNIT III
Supporting Functional Units in LNG Plants:
Gas pretreatment: Slug catcher – NGLstabilization column – Acid gas removal unit –
Molecular sieve dehydrating unit – Mercury and sulfur removal unit – NGL recovery –
Nitrogen rejection – Helium recovery.
UNIT IV
Receiving Terminals:
Receiving terminals in India – Main components and description ofmarine facilities –
storage capacity – Process descriptions.
Integration with adjacent facilities – Gas interchangeability – Nitrogen injection –
Extraction of C2+ components.
LNG Shipping Industry
LNG Shipping Industry: LNG fleet – Types of LNG ships – Moss – Membrane –
prismatic; Cargo measurement and calculations.
UNIT V
Major equipment in LNG industry:
Cryogenic heat exchangers: Spiral – Wound heat exchangers – Plate &fin heat exchangers
– Cold boxes; Centrifugal compressors – Axial compressors – Reciprocating compressors;
LNG pumps and liquid expanders – Loading Arms and gas turbines.
Vaporizers:
Submerged combustion vaporizers- Open rack vaporizers–Shell and tube vaporizers:
direct heating with seawater, and indirect heating with seawater. Ambient air vaporizers:
Direct heating with ambient air – Indirect heating with ambient air. LNG tanks.
Safety, Security and Environmental Issues:
Safety design of LNG facilities – Security issues for the LNG industry – Environmental
issues – Risk-based analysis of an LNG plant.
Text books:
1. LNG: Basics of Liquified Natural Gas, Stanley Huang, HwaChiu and Doug Elliot,
Ist Edition, PETEX, 207
2. Marine Transportation of LNG (Liquefied) and related products, Richard G.
Wooler, Gornell Marine Press, 1975.
3. Marine Transportation of Liquefied Natural Gas, Robert P Curt, Timothy D.
Delaney, National Maritime Research Centre, 1973.

Reference books:
1. Natural Gas by Sea: The Development of a new technology, Roger Rooks, Wither
by, 1993.
2. Natural Gas: Production, Processing, and Transport, Alexandre Rojey, Editions
OPHRYS, 1997.
3. LNG: A Nontechnical Guide, Michael D’Tusiani, Gordon Shearer PennWell
Books, 2007.
4. Natural Gas Transportation, Storage and Use, Mark Fennell Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., 2011.
5. Liquefied Gas Handling Principles on Ships and in Terminals, McGuire and
White,3rd Edition, Wetherby Publishers, 2000
Web Links:
1. https://ceonline.austin.utexas.edu/petexonline/file.php/1/ebook_demos/lng/html/in
dex. html
2. http://petrowiki.org/Liquified_natural_gas_(LNG)
3. http://www.chebeague.org/fairwinds/risks.html
*****

GREEN FUEL TECHNOLOGIES

(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To equip the students to know the importance of Green Fuels and their
technologies in place of conventional fossil fuels for sustainable development.
COB 2 : To enable the students to know the production of transport fuels that can
replace or supplement the conventional transportation of fuels.
COB 3 : To impart the knowledge on the Scientific and technological concepts
developed for Green Fuel Technologies.
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Summarize the different Coal Liquefaction techniques.

CO 2 : Identify the process steps involved in conversion of lignocellulosic materials
into ethanol fuel
CO 3 : Analyze the Chemistry and Catalysts of Fischer-Tropsch synthesis in
conversion of Natural gas into liquid fuels
CO 4 : Evaluate the chemical reaction mechanisms, catalysts and process
technologies of Methane synthesis.
CO 5 : Outline the basic concepts of fuel cell technologies
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12
CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 - 2 3
CO2(K5) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3
CO3(K4) 3 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3
CO4(K5) 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3
CO5(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 2 - 3 3 2 3
z
PSO 1 PSO 2 PSO 3 PSO 4

CO/PO
(K4) (K4) (K6) (K3)
CO1(K2) - - - -
CO2(K5) - - - -
CO3(K4) - 3 - -
CO4(K5) - 3 - -
CO5(K2) - - - 3

UNIT I
Clean Liquid Fuels From Coal:
Introduction – Coal Pyrolysis for Liquid fuels: COED Process, TOSCOAL Process, Lurgi-
Ruhragas Process, Occidental Flash Pyrolysis Process, Clean Coke Process, Coalcon
Process – Direct and Indirect Liquefaction of Coal Processes
UNIT II
Ethanol From Lignocellulosic:
Introduction – Conversion of Agricultural Lignocellulosic Feed stocks – Enzymatic
Processes – Lignin Conversion – Energy Balance for Ethanol Production from Bio mass.
UNIT III
Liquid Fuels From Natural Gas:
Introduction – Occurrence and Resources – Composition – Natural Liquids – Conversion
of Natural Gas to Liquids: Syngas production, Fischer – Tropsch Process
UNIT IV
Methanol Synthesis From Syngas:
Introduction- Chemistry of Methanol Synthesis: CO and CO2 Hydrogenation, Chemical
reactions from under extreme syngas conditions, Chemical Equilibrium – Methanol
synthesis technologies: Conventional ICI’s 100 atm, HaldarTopsoe A/S Low-pressure,
Kvaener, Krupp Uhde’s , LurgiÖl-Gas-Chemie GmbH Methanol synthesis Processes.
UNIT V
Fuel Cells:
Introduction – Basic Concepts: Design Characteristics -Operation -Thermal Efficiency:
Heat absorption from a reserviour, Energy Losses- Fuel Cell system- Low Temperature
and high temperature fuel cells. Hydrogen - Introduction - Storage and Handling and
Safety Aspects: NFPA standards, Material Compatibility, National Electric Code
Text books:
1. Handbook of Alternative Fuel Technologies by Sunggyu Lee, James G. Speight
and Sudarshan K. LoYalka, CRC Press, ISBN – 0- 8247-4069-6.
2. Alternative fuels Concepts, Technologies and Developments by S.S. Thipse, Jaico
Publishers, ISBN-9788184950786.
3. Alternative Fuels for Transportation by A S Ramdhas, CRC Press, ISBN –
9781439819579
Reference books:
1. The Chemistry and Technology of Coal by Speight, J.G., Marcel Dekker, New
York, 1994.
2. Methanol Synthesis Technology, by Lee. S., Boca Katon, FL, 1990.
3. Alternative Fuels by Lee. S., Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia, PA 1997.
4. The Fisher Tropsch Synthesis by Anderson, R.S., Academia Press, New York,
1984.

5. Fuel Cells and their Applications, by Kordesch K and Simader, G., John Wiley &
Sons, New York, March, 1996.
Web Links:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103105110/m2l13.pdf
2. https://www.energy.gov/eere/fuelcells/fuel-cells
3. https://www.vacets.org/vtic97/qapham.htm

GREEN ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

(Open Elective)
Course Objectives:
COB 1 : To highlight the significance of alternative sources of energy, green energy

systems.
COB 2 : To make the students to know the theory and working principles of probable
sources of renewable and Green energy system that are environmental friendly
Course Outcomes:
CO 1 : Describe the principles and working of solar radiation and solar radio
collection
CO 2 : Demonstrate the principles and working of solar, wind, biomass, geo thermal,
Ocean energies
CO 3 : Illustrate electrical and mechanical systems
CO 4 : Analyze energy efficient processes.
CO 5 : Explain green buildings
CO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO12
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO1(K2) - 1 - - - - - - 2 - - -
CO2(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO3(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -
CO4(K4) - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -
CO5(K2) - 1 1 2 - - - - - - - -
z
CO 1(K2) - 1 - 2
CO 2(K2) 1 1 - 2
CO 3(K3) 1 2 - 3
CO 4(K4) - - - 3
CO 5(K3) 2 - - 3

UNIT I
Introduction:
Solar Radiation:
Role and potential of new and renewable sources, the solar energy option, Environmental
impact of solar power, structure of the sun, the solar constant, sun-earth relationships,
coordinate systems and coordinates of the sun, extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar
radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring solar radiation and
sun shine, solar radiation data, numerical problems. Photo voltaic energy conversion –
types of PV cells, I-V characteristics
Solar Energy Collection:
Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating collectors,
orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors.
Solar Energy Storage and Applications:
Different methods, sensible, latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds, solar
applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, solar cookers,
central power tower concept and solar chimney.
UNIT II
Wind Energy:
Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics, betz criteria, types of winds, wind data measurement.
Bio-Mass:
Principles of bio-conversion, anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of bio-gas digesters, gas
yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, bio fuels, I.C. engine
operation and economic aspects.
Geothermal Energy:
Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.
Ocean Energy:
OTEC, Principles of utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and
wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their
economics.
UNIT III
Energy Efficient Systems:
Electrical Systems:
Energy efficient motors, energy efficient lighting and control, selection of luminaries’,
variable voltage variable frequency drives (adjustable speed drives), controls for HVAC
(heating, ventilation and air conditioning), demand site management.
Mechanical Systems:
Fuel cells- principle, thermodynamic aspects, selection of fuels & working of various
types of fuel cells, Environmental friendly and Energy efficient compressors and pumps.
UNIT IV
Energy Efficient Processes:
Environmental impact of the current manufacturing practices and systems, benefits of
green manufacturing systems, selection of recyclable and environment friendly materials
in manufacturing, design and implementation of efficient and sustainable green production
systems with examples like environmental friendly machining, vegetable based cutting
fluids, alternate casting and joining techniques, zero waste manufacturing

UNIT V
Green Buildings:
Definition, features and benefits. Sustainable site selection and planning of buildings for
maximum comfort. Environmental friendly building materials like bamboo, timber,
rammed earth, hollow blocks, lime & lime pozzolana cement, agro materials and industrial
waste, Ferro cement and Ferro-concrete, alternate roofing systems, paints to reduce heat
gain of the buildings. Energy management
Text books:
1. Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, Sukhatme S.P. and
J.K.Nayak, TMH
2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, Khan B.H, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2006
Reference books:
1. Alternative Building Materials and Technologies, K.S Jagadeesh, B.V Venkata
Rama Reddy and K.S Nanjunda Rao, New age international
2. Principles of Solar Engineering, D.Yogi Goswami, Frank Krieth & John F Kreider,
Taylor & Francis
3. Non-Conventional Energy, Ashok V Desai, New Age International (P) Ltd
4. Renewable Energy Technologies, Ramesh & Kumar, Narosa
5. Non conventional Energy Source, G.D Roy/Standard Publishers
Web Links:
1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me33
3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/green_engineering
4. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ge09/course
*****

MAJOR PROJECT
Course Code : 171EC8P02 0 0 0 14
Guidelines for Major Project:
The objective of this project work is to enable the student to take up investigative study in
the field of Civil Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both
theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the department for four to six students in a
group, under the guidance of a supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for
the students in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
1. Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic.
2. Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic.
3. Conducting preliminary Analysis/Modeling/Simulation/Experiment/Design/Feasibility.
4. Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the Department
5. Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic.
6. Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work.
7. Detailed Analysis/Modeling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment as
needed.
8. Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future
directions.
9. Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible.
10. Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the Department.
11. Final Project Presentation before a Departmental Committee.
Major Project Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide students an opportunity to develop firmware or utilize literature
related to their own degree course to address a societal problem
COB 2 : To make students identify their domain of competence to choose an
appropriate project topic to demonstrate engineering skills acquired
COB 3 : To apply Engineering knowledge to solve technical problems
COB 4 : To collaborate with other departments to apply inter disciplinary knowledge
for project completion
COB 5 : To work as a team under the guidance of a supervisor in pursuing a common
goal
Major Project Outcomes:

At the end of the Project, student will be able to:
CO 1 : Demonstrate management skills required for project development

CO 2 : Illustrate the problem statement and scope of the project clearly
CO 3 : Make use of a proper methodology in solving problems related to a project
CO 4 : Analyze data into meaningful information for a project using relevant tools
CO 5 : Adapt to work independently and ethically to effectively present the results in
written and oral formats


CO/PO
(K3) (K4) (K5) (K5) (K3) (K3) (K2) (K3) (K2) (K2) (K3) (K1)
CO 1(K2) - - - - - - - - - - 2 -
CO 2(K2) - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4(K4) - - - 2 - 3 - - - - - -
CO 5(K6) - - - - - - - - 3 3 3 3

CO 1(K2) - - - -
CO 2(K2) - - - -
CO 3(K3) 3 2 - -
CO 4(K4) - 3 3 -
CO 5(K6) - - - -
***

Ce PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ce PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ce PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AR 17 Civil Engineering

B.Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

Aditya Engineering College (A) 1

ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

Aditya Engineering College (A) 3

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17)

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 5

examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination.

Aditya Engineering College (A) 7

5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 9

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point

Aditya Engineering College (A) 11

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

First Class with

Aditya Engineering College (A) 13

Nature of Malpractices / Punishment

Aditya Engineering College (A) 14

Aditya Engineering College (A) 15

continuation of the course by the

Aditya Engineering College (A) 16

11 Copying detected on the basis of Cancellation of the performance in that

Aditya Engineering College (A) 17

Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 18

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

Aditya Engineering College (A) 19

VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE

- Innovative research & development

VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

M1: By imparting and enriching students with technical knowledge and

Aditya Engineering College (A) 20

PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

PEO 1 Have successful professional career in Civil engineering.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and

Aditya Engineering College (A) 21

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Mission of the department – PEOs mapping

Bloom’s Taxonomy Knowledge Level

Aditya Engineering College (A) 22

Total Number of contact hours

171HS1T02 Environmental Studies HSS 2 1 --- 3 2

171BS1T03 Engineering Chemistry BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T02 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T01 Computer Programming ES 3 1 --- 4 3

Total Number of contact hours